WO2021129746A1 - Ultrasonic imaging method and system - Google Patents

Ultrasonic imaging method and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021129746A1
WO2021129746A1 PCT/CN2020/139056 CN2020139056W WO2021129746A1 WO 2021129746 A1 WO2021129746 A1 WO 2021129746A1 CN 2020139056 W CN2020139056 W CN 2020139056W WO 2021129746 A1 WO2021129746 A1 WO 2021129746A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
energy range
sound field
ultrasonic
receiving
receiving line
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/139056
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
史志伟
王彦
董永强
Original Assignee
深圳迈瑞生物医疗电子股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳迈瑞生物医疗电子股份有限公司 filed Critical 深圳迈瑞生物医疗电子股份有限公司
Publication of WO2021129746A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021129746A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B8/00Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of ultrasound, and more specifically, to an ultrasound signal processing method, ultrasound imaging method and system.
  • the basic principle of emission continuous focus imaging is to coherently composite the echoes of the adjacent emission beams with the current echo, record the energy of the non-focus area as much as possible, and “retrospectively” accumulate it to synthesize and reconstruct the emission.
  • the effect of point-by-point focusing is to record the echo energy of the transmitting beam, which depends on the sampling method of the receiving beam, which essentially determines the way in which the echoes of multiple transmissions are combined.
  • the receiving beam sampling method of transmitting continuous focusing methods such as equal intervals and equal angles are often used at present, but the energy range of the actual transmitting beam is not "regular", resulting in an imbalance in the echo collection, and some areas of the sound field are collected. Too dense and insufficient collection in some places. In order to ensure the quality, the beam synthesis system has to collect according to the densest scheme, resulting in low beam synthesis efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides an ultrasonic imaging method and system.
  • a method for processing ultrasonic signals including:
  • an ultrasound imaging method includes:
  • the sound field energy range includes a plurality of depth sections divided along a depth direction, each depth section includes several receiving sections of the receiving line, and the receiving sections of different depth sections are arranged discretely;
  • At least part of the receiving line is a curve
  • the multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line are processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • an ultrasound imaging method includes:
  • the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • an ultrasound imaging method includes:
  • the receiving line of the first subsection is a straight receiving line, and the receiving line of the second subsection is curved or includes several receiving sections;
  • the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • an ultrasound imaging method includes:
  • the receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform linear density along the depth direction
  • the receiving line of the second sub-segment has a varying linear density in the depth direction
  • the ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the multiple beams are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal, and an ultrasonic image is obtained accordingly.
  • an ultrasound imaging method including:
  • the ultrasonic echo signal is processed according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • an ultrasound imaging system including:
  • a transmit/receive selection switch for stimulating the ultrasonic probe to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object via a transmitting circuit to perform ultrasonic scanning, and receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal;
  • a memory for storing programs executed by the processor
  • the ultrasonic echo signal is processed according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • an ultrasound imaging system which is characterized in that it includes:
  • a transmit/receive selection switch for stimulating the ultrasonic probe to transmit multiple ultrasonic beams to the region of interest of the target object via the transmitting circuit, and receive ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams, to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals;
  • a memory for storing programs executed by the processor
  • the processor is configured to execute the method described in any one of the foregoing second aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • a computer storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in any one of the first to sixth aspects are realized.
  • the embodiment of the present invention determines the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam, so that the linear density of the focal area is greater than the linear density of the near field and greater than the linear density of the far field, which can ensure that the sampling frequency in the focal area is higher. High, thus ensuring the efficiency of beam synthesis when performing compounding.
  • Figure 1(a)-(d) is a schematic diagram of the emission sound field energy diagram and several receiving line sampling methods
  • Figure 2 is a block diagram of the ultrasound imaging system
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasonic signal processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of the energy concentration degree of different positions in the sound field energy range
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a receiving line including a receiving section according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 6 is another schematic diagram of a receiving line including a receiving section according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a receiving line including a curve according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of a receiving line for multiple transmissions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 9 is another schematic diagram of a receiving line for multiple transmissions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 1(a) shows the emission sound field energy diagram of the focused wave.
  • the aperture is about 18mm, the emission focal depth is 80mm, and the emission waveform is weighted.
  • Figure 1(b) is the equal interval distance sampling method
  • Fig. 1(c) is the equal interval angle sampling method
  • Fig. 1(d) is the equal interval and angle sampling method. Because the lateral energy of the focal zone varies greatly, it requires careful receiving sampling to ensure quality. It is assumed that 8 receiving beams are needed near 80mm to ensure sampling quality.
  • Figure 1(b) In the far field, about 3 times (relative to the 8 beams in the focal area) of the receive beam is required to cover the effective sound field energy range.
  • Figure 1(d) is based on the equal interval distance, which is equivalent to a compromise between (b) and (c), which is relatively uniform, but it also faces the close and focus sampling of the near field and the far field. There is a problem of invalid beams in the area.
  • Too high receiving beam density will have an adverse effect on the point-by-point focusing of the transmission: under the same number of beams, too high linear density will result in incomplete acquisition of the transmitted sound field by receiving beam synthesis, resulting in a decrease in the effective number of recombinations and reducing the effect of point-by-point focusing .
  • Figure 1(c) Take Figure 1(c) as an example. Since the sound beams in the near field are wider, sampling at equal intervals in the figure requires 17 beams to cover about 90 degrees and complete the sound field. Only when the record is complete can you better trace back. Refactoring.
  • the number of beams is less than 17 beams, such as 9 beams (enough to cover the effective area of the mid- and far-field), the effective number of recombinations in the near-field area will be reduced, and the point-by-point focus of the near-field emission cannot be fully realized.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides an ultrasound imaging system, as shown in FIG. 2 is a structural block diagram of an ultrasound imaging system.
  • the ultrasound imaging system 10 includes an ultrasound probe 110, a transmitting/receiving control circuit 120, a memory 130, a processor 140, and a display 150.
  • the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 may include a transmitting circuit, a receiving circuit, and a transmitting/receiving selection switch.
  • the transmitting circuit is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the target object, and the receiving circuit is used to receive the ultrasonic return from the target object through the ultrasonic probe 110. Echo to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the processor 140 may process the first ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the processor 140 may determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam, and perform beam synthesis processing on the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line to obtain the beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the processor 140 may determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam, and perform beam synthesis processing on the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line to obtain the beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the processor 140 may also obtain an ultrasound image of the target object according to the ultrasound echo signal. For example, processing such as beam synthesis, quadrature demodulation, and envelope calculation can be performed, and processing such as beam synthesis, wall filtering, velocity variance energy calculation, etc. can be performed.
  • the ultrasound image obtained by the processor 140 may be stored in the memory 130. And, the ultrasound image may be displayed on the display 150.
  • the display 150 in the ultrasound imaging system 10 can be a touch screen, a liquid crystal display, etc.; or the display 150 can be an independent display device such as a liquid crystal display, a TV, etc., independent of the ultrasound imaging system 10; or the display 150 It can be the display screen of an electronic device such as a smart phone, a tablet computer, and so on. Wherein, the number of displays 150 may be one or more.
  • the memory 130 in the ultrasound imaging system 10 may be a flash memory card, a solid-state memory, a hard disk, or the like. It can be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory, a removable memory and/or a non-removable memory, etc.
  • the processor 140 in the ultrasound imaging system 10 may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof, and may use circuits, single or multiple application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), single or multiple applications.
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • the components included in the ultrasound imaging system 10 shown in FIG. 2 are only schematic, and it may include more or fewer components.
  • the ultrasound imaging system 10 may also include input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a scroll wheel, a trackball, etc., and/or include an output device such as a printer other than the display 150.
  • the corresponding external input/output port can be a wireless communication module, a wired communication module, or a combination of the two.
  • the external input/output ports can also be implemented based on USB, bus protocols such as CAN, and/or wired network protocols. The present invention is not limited to this.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method shown in Figure 3 includes:
  • S110 Transmit a first ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, and perform an ultrasound scan
  • S140 Perform beam synthesis processing on the first ultrasonic echo signal according to the first receiving line to obtain a beam synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam may be as shown in FIG. 1(a), wherein along the depth direction, the center energy of different depth positions is also different.
  • the position with the largest center energy can be called the center of the focal zone, and the energy range where the central energy attenuates by a certain threshold is defined as the focal zone.
  • the range whose depth is smaller than the focal region is called the near field, and the range whose depth is larger than the focal region is called the far field.
  • the receiving line refers to the line formed by the position of the synthesis point used for beam synthesis calculation within the energy range of the sound field. Since the beam synthesis process is digital beam synthesis, the synthesis points are discretely existed between each other, and the connection composed of multiple discrete synthesis points constitutes the receiving line.
  • the linear density of the first receiving line determined in S130 in the focal area is greater than the linear density of the near field and greater than the linear density of the far field, so that the sampling frequency of the focal area is high.
  • the line density can be used to indicate the number of receiving lines or the interval between adjacent receiving lines (distance interval or angular interval). Specifically, the more the number of receiving lines per unit width, the more The smaller the interval, the greater the linear density.
  • the first receiving line is determined in S130 in consideration of the different levels of energy concentration at different positions within the energy range of the sound field. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, the depths drawn on the right are 10mm, 80mm, and 160mm, respectively.
  • the energy of the sound beam near the focal area (80mm) is concentrated, which changes drastically in the lateral direction, and requires a higher sampling frequency; while the far field is not focused because the emitted energy is not focused, the sound wave energy is scattered and relatively flat .
  • the final image resolution is weaker than near the focal area (large F-number), so the required sampling frequency is relatively low; similarly, the near field is relatively flat, but the F-number is small, and the resolution is achieved after continuous focusing of the emission
  • the rate is better than the far field, so the lateral sampling frequency is higher than the far field.
  • the linear density of the first receiving line determined in S130 in the focal region is greater than the linear density in the far field and greater than the linear density in the near field.
  • the maximum linear density of the first receiving line determined in S130 in the near field may be greater than the maximum linear density of the far field.
  • the area where the first receiving line is located matches the energy range of the sound field.
  • the first receiving line can effectively cover the energy range of the transmitted sound field, thereby solving the problem of over-sampling or incomplete sampling, and greatly improving the efficiency of beam synthesis.
  • the first receiving line has a varying line density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range. That is to say, in the depth direction of the sound field energy range, there are at least two different depths where the linear density is different.
  • the linear density from the near field to the focal area increases from small to large, and the linear density from the focal area to the far field decreases from large to small.
  • the linear density changes along the depth direction which can be continuous, or the linear density at part of the depth is different, but the overall formation changes from the near field to the focal area from small to large, and from the focal area to the far field from large to small .
  • the sound field energy range can be divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction.
  • the first receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform linear density along the depth direction
  • the second The first receiving line of the sub-segment has a varying line density in the depth direction.
  • the first receiving line of the second sub-segment can be several receiving segments or a curve, as described below in conjunction with the embodiments of FIG. 5 to FIG. 7.
  • the emission scan line of the first ultrasonic beam is perpendicular to the array element arrangement plane, at this time the first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the first receiving line of the near field has a uniform line density ;
  • the second sub-segment corresponds to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the first receiving line in the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line in the far field.
  • the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small.
  • the second sub-segment may include a curve.
  • the second sub-segment may also include several receiving sections of different depth sections, and the receiving sections of different depth sections are arranged discretely, where the discrete arrangement refers to at least part of the receiving section at least one end of the receiving section and other depth sections.
  • the segments are not continuous in space.
  • the first ultrasonic beam originates from the same beam starting point on or behind the array element arrangement plane.
  • the first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range, and the far field is received
  • the lines have a uniform line density;
  • the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and the focal area of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the first receiving line in the focal area is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line in the near field.
  • the linear density from the near field to the focal zone changes from small to large.
  • the second sub-segment may include several receiving segments discretely arranged in different depth segments, and the second sub-segment may also include a curve.
  • the first receiving line may include several receiving sections of different depth sections. That is, the first receiving line is not a continuous line extending from the near field to the far field.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam emitted in S110.
  • the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam may have a certain angle with the plane where the array element is located, and the angle may be an acute angle or a right angle.
  • the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam is vertically downward, that is, perpendicular to the plane where the array element is located.
  • the first ultrasonic beam may also be transmitted in a phased array deflection mode. For example, as shown in Figure 6.
  • the sound field energy range may be divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is equal to the depth
  • the ratio of the interval between two adjacent receiving segments in the segment is equal to the preset value.
  • the sound field energy range may be divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is equal to The interval between two adjacent receiving sections in this depth section is positively correlated.
  • the dashed line shows the sound field energy range and is divided into 16 depth segments along the depth direction, such as 1 to 16 shown in order from top to bottom on the right side in FIG. 5. And each depth segment includes multiple receiving segments.
  • the lower part of FIG. 5 shows that the depth segment 16 includes 8 receiving segments, which are marked as 1 to 8 respectively.
  • FIG. 6 where the dashed line shows the sound field energy range, and is divided into multiple depth segments along the depth direction, but to simplify the illustration, only 3 non-adjacent depth segments are shown in FIG. , Which are respectively a, b, and c, and those skilled in the art can easily obtain other depth sections not shown.
  • the sound field energy ranges in the depth direction whose widths of the sound field energy range differ by no more than a preset threshold may be divided into the same depth segment. That is to say, for a depth segment, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range is smaller than the preset threshold.
  • the preset threshold can be expressed as ⁇ . Taking the lowest depth section 16 in FIG. 5 as an example, assuming that the maximum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 is L, then the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 should not be less than L- ⁇ .
  • the maximum value L of the width of the sound field energy range can be determined by the following way: if the highest energy of the received sound field at this depth is ⁇ decibels, then L is the sound field with energy higher than the energy range of the ⁇ - ⁇ sound field Width, where ⁇ is a system preset value.
  • the sound field energy range may be uniformly divided into a plurality of depth sections along the depth direction.
  • the depth ranges of different depth segments can be equal.
  • the depth range of the sound field energy range is H. If it is divided into 16 depth sections, then the depth range of each depth section is H/16.
  • the sound field energy range may be unevenly divided into a plurality of depth sections along the depth direction.
  • the depth ranges of different depth segments may be unequal.
  • the depth range of the depth section of the focal zone is larger than the depth range of the depth section of the near field (or far field).
  • the depth range contained in each depth segment depends on the beam characteristics of the ultrasonic beam (the characteristics of the sound field energy range) and the processing capability of the processor.
  • other criteria can also be considered, and/or other parameters are used as the basis for division. This will not list them one by one to ensure that the energy distribution in the depth direction within the same depth section after division is uniform.
  • the division methods are all within the protection scope of the present invention.
  • the processor performs signal processing based on software beam synthesis, the division of the depth segment is not fixed, and the depth range included in the depth segment can be flexibly adjusted.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located may be the width of the sound field energy range at the center position of the depth section.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 16 is located may be the width of the center thereof.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 6 is located may be the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 16 is located is L, and the depth section 16 includes even 8 receiving sections, then the interval between two adjacent connecting sections It is L/9. Therefore, the ratio of the width of the sound field energy range in which the depth section is located to the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section is equal to a preset value, for example, the preset value is 1/9; or understood as the depth
  • the width of the sound field energy range in which the segment is located has a linear relationship with the interval between two adjacent receiving segments in the depth segment, and the coefficient of the linear relationship is, for example, 1/9.
  • the multiple receiving sections in one depth section in FIG. 5 are uniform, that is to say, the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in one depth is equal.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, for example, it may be uneven, and the interval between two different adjacent receiving sections may not be equal.
  • the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments can be equal, for example, each of the 16 depth segments in FIG. 5 includes 8 receiving segments.
  • the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments may not be equal.
  • the difference in the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold.
  • the threshold is N (for example, equal to 1 or 2 or other values), then the difference between the number of receiving segments in any two depth segments is less than N.
  • the first receiving line may include several discrete receiving sections in different depth sections.
  • one first receiving line includes multiple receiving segments corresponding to multiple depth segments one-to-one.
  • several receiving sections are discrete, and two adjacent receiving sections are not continuous, for example, they may be staggered with each other.
  • two adjacent receiving segments included in one first receiving line are staggered in the transverse direction of the sound field energy range.
  • the lateral direction of the sound field energy range can be considered as the width direction of the sound field energy range.
  • two adjacent receiving segments included in a first receiving line are staggered in the orthogonal direction of the transmitting direction. Referring to FIG.
  • one first receiving line includes 16 receiving segments corresponding to the 16 depth segments in a one-to-one manner. And the 16 receiving sections are staggered from each other, specifically in the horizontal direction. Referring to FIG. 6, a portion of the two first receiving lines is shown by the receiving section with arrows.
  • One first receiving line may include several receiving sections, and the several receiving sections are not parallel to each other and staggered with each other, specifically staggered with each other in a direction orthogonal to the transmitting direction.
  • each receiving section included in one depth section may be parallel to each other.
  • the direction of each receiving section and the transmitting direction of the first ultrasonic beam form a first preset angle, or in other words, the angle between the direction of each receiving section and the transmitting direction of the first ultrasonic beam is less than the error angle .
  • the transmitting direction is vertically downward
  • the direction of the receiving section may be vertically upward, both of which are vertical
  • the first preset angle may be 0 degrees and less than the error angle ( For example, 2 degrees or other values); or, optionally, the transmitting direction is vertically downward, and there is a certain angle between the direction of the receiving section and the vertical direction, such as 1 degree, that is, the first preset angle It can be 1 degree and smaller than the error angle (for example, 2 degrees or other values).
  • the directions of the several receiving ends in each depth section of the first receiving line are vertically upward, and the first preset angle with the transmitting direction in the figure is 0 degrees.
  • each receiving section intersects at a point with an extension line in a direction opposite to the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam.
  • the upward extension lines of the six receiving sections of the depth section a intersect at the point M.
  • the first receiving line may include a curve, or at least part of the first receiving line is a curve.
  • that the first receiving line includes a curve means that the curvature of at least one segment of the first receiving line is not equal to zero.
  • the first receiving line may be a continuous smooth curve, or a broken line segment, a combination of the two, or the like.
  • a smooth curve refers to a curve with continuous curvature.
  • the first receiving line may be a concave curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range.
  • the curvature of the first receiving line at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the smallest, for example, the curvature of the first receiving line at the central axis is equal to zero.
  • seven first receiving lines are shown, and each of the first receiving lines extends along the depth direction.
  • 7 first receiving lines are marked with serial numbers 1 to 7 respectively.
  • the first receiving line located at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the first receiving line 4, the curvature of which is the smallest.
  • the receiving line is from 1 to 4, and the curvature is changed from large to small, and the receiving line is from 4 to 7, and the curvature is from small to large.
  • the first receiving line may include at least one of the following line types extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range: a smooth curve, a polyline, a combination of a polyline and a smooth curve, a combination of a straight line and a polyline, a straight line and a smooth curve , Or a combination of straight lines and smooth curves and polylines.
  • the straight line from the near field to the focal zone is a straight line downward
  • the curve from the focal zone to the far field is a smooth curve or the receiving section as the depth section 6-16 in FIG. 5.
  • the receiving section of the depth range 1-6 in Fig. 6 from the focal zone to the far field is a straight line or a smooth curve. and many more.
  • the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction.
  • the first receiving line includes the first sub-segment receiving line and the second sub-segment.
  • a segment receiving line, the first sub-segment receiving line is a straight receiving line, and the second sub-segment receiving line is a curve or includes several receiving segments.
  • the emission scan line of the first ultrasonic beam is perpendicular to the array element arrangement plane, at this time the first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the first receiving line of the near field has a uniform line density ;
  • the second sub-segment corresponds to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the first receiving line of the focal zone and the far field is variable.
  • the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small.
  • the first ultrasonic beam originates from the same beam starting point on or behind the arrangement plane of the array element.
  • the first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range, and the far field
  • the receiving line has a uniform linear density;
  • the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and the focal zone of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the first receiving line of the focal zone and the near field is variable.
  • the linear density from the near field to the focal zone changes from small to large.
  • first receiving line is described above in conjunction with a number of examples, the embodiment of the present invention does not list all possible situations of the first receiving line. Those skilled in the art are based on the above disclosed embodiments. The other obtained first receiving lines still fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
  • after S110 for example, after S140, it may further include: transmitting a second ultrasonic beam to the region of interest, and performing another ultrasonic scan; receiving the second ultrasonic echo of the second ultrasonic beam to obtain the second ultrasonic wave.
  • Ultrasonic echo signal ; determine the second receiving line within the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam, and perform beam synthesis processing on the second ultrasonic echo signal according to the second receiving line to obtain a beam synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal;
  • the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; and the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • the first receiving line includes several receiving sections of different depth sections.
  • it may include: transmitting a second ultrasonic beam to the region of interest and performing another ultrasonic scan; receiving the second ultrasonic echo of the second ultrasonic beam to obtain the second ultrasonic echo signal; The second receiving line within the sound field energy range of the two ultrasonic beams.
  • the second receiving line also has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam.
  • the linear density of the second receiving line at the area is greater than the linear density of the second receiving line at the near field, and the linear density of the second receiving line at the focal area is greater than the linear density of the second receiving line at the far field; this realization
  • the first receiving line can coincide with the second receiving line;
  • the second ultrasonic echo signal is subjected to beam synthesis processing according to the second receiving line to obtain beam synthesis
  • the first ultrasonic echo signal of the beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of the beam synthesis in the overlapping sound field energy range are combined to obtain the combined ultrasonic echo signal; and After the ultrasonic echo signal is processed, an ultrasonic image is obtained.
  • FIG. 8 also shows the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam and the second receiving line.
  • the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam is represented by a dotted line, and in the overlapping area of the sound field energy range of the two transmissions, the first receiving line and the second receiving line are overlapped.
  • FIG. 8 also shows the sound field energy range of the third ultrasonic beam, and the receiving lines in the overlapping sound field energy range are also coincident with each other.
  • FIG. 9 also shows the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam and the second receiving line.
  • the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam is represented by a dotted line, and in the overlapping area of the sound field energy range of the two transmissions, the first receiving line and the second receiving line are overlapped.
  • FIG. 9 also shows the sound field energy range of the third ultrasonic beam, and the receiving lines in the overlapping sound field energy range are also coincident with each other.
  • combining the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam in the overlapping sound field energy range includes: along the first receiving line and the second receiving within the overlapping sound field energy range The overlapping positions of the lines are combined to obtain the combined ultrasonic echo signal.
  • p is on both the first receiving line and the second receiving line. Then the composite is performed at point p, and the composite ultrasonic echo signal at this point can be obtained.
  • Figure 9 where p is on both the first receiving line and the second receiving line. Then the composite is performed at point p, and the composite ultrasonic echo signal at this point can be obtained.
  • combining the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis within the energy range of the overlapping sound field includes: combining the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis
  • the ultrasonic echo signals are time aligned; the time-aligned beam-synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal and the beam-synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal are weighted and summed to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the composite echo signal can be expressed as:
  • w i is the weight.
  • the embodiment of the present invention can be aimed at strong focus imaging, and the linear density of the receiving line in the depth direction is not uniform.
  • This kind of sampling can have the following promotion effect in calculating the emission point-by-point focus weight w i : (1), in the case of strong focus imaging
  • the energy of the focal zone within the energy range of the sound field changes drastically.
  • the line density of the receiving line in the focal zone is large, so more samples can be taken to record the echo characteristics caused by the energy difference of the emitted ultrasonic beams.
  • the direction of the receiving section and the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam form a second preset angle.
  • the second preset angle may be equal to 90 degrees.
  • the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam is the horizontal direction (such as the horizontal direction from left to right), and the direction of the receiving section is the vertical direction, and the two are vertical.
  • the beam moving direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam is the arc direction (such as the direction of rotation around the M point, or understood as the tangent direction of the depth section), and the direction of the receiving section is toward M Direction, the two are perpendicular.
  • the first receiving line includes a curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range.
  • it may include: transmitting a second ultrasonic beam to the region of interest to perform another ultrasonic scan; receiving the second ultrasonic echo of the second ultrasonic beam to obtain the second ultrasonic echo signal; The second receiving line within the sound field energy range of the two ultrasonic beams.
  • the second receiving line is also a curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam, where the sound field where the first ultrasonic beam and the second ultrasonic beam coincide Within the energy range, the first receiving line and the second receiving line overlap at most; the second ultrasonic echo signal is beam-synthesized according to the second receiving line to obtain the beam-synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal; the overlapping sound field energy
  • the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam within the range are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; and the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • compounding the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis within the energy range of the overlapping sound field includes: performing a first interpolation calculation according to the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis, Obtain the second ultrasonic echo signal at a non-coincident position within the energy range of the coincident sound field.
  • the non-coincident position is the position located on the first receiving line but not on the second receiving line, and the beams at the non-coincident position are combined into the first ultrasound
  • the echo signal is composited with the second ultrasonic echo signal at the non-coincident position to obtain the first composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  • combining the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis within the energy range of the overlapping sound field further includes: the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized according to the beam and the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis Perform the second interpolation calculation on the two ultrasonic echo signals to obtain the second combined ultrasonic echo signal of the non-receiving line position within the coincident sound field energy range.
  • the non-receiving line position here is the non-receiving line position within the coincident sound field energy range and is neither located in the first A receiving line is also not located at the position of the second receiving line.
  • combining the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam within the overlapping sound field energy range also includes: along the first receiving line and the second receiving line within the overlapping sound field energy range The overlapping position of the receiving line is combined with the beam-synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal and the beam-synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal to obtain the third combined ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the curvature of each first receiving line may be different. Therefore, it can be understood that the receiving lines of the ultrasonic beams transmitted for different times are not completely coincident.
  • the overlapping sound field energy range includes: coincident position, non-coincident position, and non-receiving line position; coincident position refers to the position where the receiving line of five transmissions coincides, and non-coincident position includes two situations: Partially (At least twice and at most four times in this example) The position where the receiving lines of the transmission overlap and the position of the receiving line of only one of the transmissions; the non-receiving line position refers to the position where there is no receiving line.
  • the second receiving line in the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam may not completely coincide with the first receiving line in the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam. Then, a certain point on the first receiving line may not be on the second receiving line. Of course, there may be an intersection between the first receiving line and the second receiving line, that is to say, there may be some points on the first receiving line. Up is also on the second receiving line.
  • the first interpolation calculation can be performed on the second ultrasonic echo signal of the beam synthesis to obtain the point (that is, the non-coincident position).
  • the echo signal at is then combined with the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam at that point.
  • the interpolation calculation can be performed based on the second ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the beams on two or several second receiving lines near the point.
  • the echo data Echo i (p) obtained from the i-th transmission can be an echo signal synthesized by beams on the receiving line Echo data obtained after interpolation calculation.
  • the composite echo signal can be expressed as:
  • w i is the weight.
  • the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis can be directly combined.
  • the second ultrasonic echo signal of the beam-synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal and the second ultrasonic echo signal of the beam-synthesis can be performed.
  • Interpolation calculation is performed to obtain multiple interpolated echo signals at the point (that is, the position of the non-receiving line), and the multiple interpolated echo signals are combined to obtain the second combined ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the second interpolation calculation it can be performed based on the ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the beams on two or several receiving lines near the point.
  • the second interpolation calculation and compound processing can be independent two-step processing operations, that is, multiple second interpolation calculation results are obtained first, and then the compound processing result is obtained; the second interpolation calculation and compound processing can also be a single step that is grouped together Operation, that is, directly output the composite processing result of the non-receiving line position.
  • the second interpolation calculation can be performed based on the first ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the beams on the two or several first receiving lines near the point to obtain the first interpolated ultrasonic echo of the point Signal, and then perform a second interpolation calculation based on the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beams on the two or several second receiving lines near the point to obtain the second interpolated ultrasonic echo signal of the point, and then perform the second interpolation calculation on the second ultrasonic echo signal of the point.
  • An interpolated ultrasonic echo signal and a second interpolated ultrasonic echo signal are combined to obtain the second combined ultrasonic echo signal.
  • it can also be realized by weighted summation.
  • the second interpolation calculation and composite processing can be performed based on the ultrasonic echo signals on two or more first receiving lines and two or more second receiving lines near the point to directly obtain The second composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the embodiment of the present invention determines the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam, so that the linear density of the focal area is greater than the linear density of the near field and greater than the linear density of the far field, which can ensure that the sampling frequency in the focal area is higher. High, thus ensuring the efficiency of beam synthesis when performing compounding.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method shown in Figure 10 includes:
  • S210 Transmit multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object
  • S220 Receive multiple ultrasonic echoes of ultrasonic beams to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals
  • S230 Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of the multiple transmissions, where the receiving line includes several receiving sections or at least part of the receiving line is a curve;
  • S240 Process multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • the area where the receiving line is located can match the energy range of the sound field.
  • the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam emitted for the first time matches the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam;
  • the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam emitted for the second time matches the first ultrasonic beam.
  • the sound field energy range of the two ultrasonic beams matches;
  • the linear density of the receiving line changes along the depth direction of the sound field energy range, from the near field to the focal area, the linear density first changes from small to greater, and from the focal area to the far field, the linear density then changes from greater to smaller. That is to say, the linear density of the receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the receiving line at the focal area is greater than that in the sound field energy range. The linear density of the receiving line in the far field.
  • the receiving line includes several discrete receiving segments.
  • the sound field energy range includes multiple depth sections divided along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is two adjacent to each other in the depth section.
  • the interval between receiving segments is positively correlated.
  • the ratio of the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located to the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section is equal to the preset value. 5 taking the depth section 16 as an example, the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 16 is located may be L, the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section 16 may be L/9, and the ratio of the two is equal to The default value is 1/9.
  • dividing the sound field energy range into multiple depth sections along the depth direction includes: dividing the sound field energy range in the depth direction whose widths of the sound field energy range are not greater than a preset threshold into the same depth section. That is to say, for a depth segment, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range is smaller than the preset threshold.
  • the preset threshold can be expressed as ⁇ . Taking the lowest depth section 16 in FIG. 5 as an example, assuming that the maximum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 is L, then the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 should not be less than L- ⁇ .
  • the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section; or, the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the center position of the depth section
  • the width of the sound field energy range may be the width of the center thereof.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 6 is located may be the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the corresponding depth section.
  • the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments may be equal or unequal; or, when the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is not equal, the difference in the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments Can be less than the threshold.
  • each of the 16 depth segments contains 8 receiving segments.
  • a certain depth segment may include N1 receiving segments
  • another depth segment may include N2 receiving segments
  • the absolute value of the difference between N1 and N2 is less than a threshold (for example, equal to 1 or 2 or other values).
  • the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in a depth section is equal.
  • the receiving section in a depth section, can be uniformly determined.
  • the receiving lines within the sound field energy range can be regarded as including multiple receiving lines, and each receiving line includes one receiving segment in each depth segment.
  • two adjacent receiving segments included in one receiving line are staggered in the lateral direction of the sound field energy range.
  • two adjacent receiving segments included in a first receiving line are staggered in the orthogonal direction of the transmitting direction.
  • the beam movement direction of the multiple ultrasonic beams transmitted in S210 may be perpendicular to the transmission direction.
  • the direction of the receiving section in each depth section and the beam movement direction of the multiple ultrasonic beams form a second preset angle.
  • the second preset angle may be equal to 90 degrees.
  • the multiple ultrasonic beams include a first ultrasonic beam, a second ultrasonic beam, and a third ultrasonic beam.
  • the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam and then to the third ultrasonic beam is the horizontal direction (such as the horizontal direction from left to right), and the direction of the receiving section is the vertical direction. It is vertical.
  • the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam and then to the third ultrasonic beam is the arc direction (such as the direction of rotation around the M point, or understood as the tangent direction of the depth section), and the receiving section
  • the direction of is toward the direction of M, and the two are perpendicular.
  • the receiving line includes a curve.
  • the curve is a concave curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range.
  • the curvature of the receiving line at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the smallest.
  • the curvature of the receiving line 4 at the center axis of the sound field energy range as shown in FIG. 7 is the smallest, which is equal to zero.
  • the curve when at least part of the receiving line is a curve, the curve includes at least one of the following line types extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range: a smooth curve, a polyline, a combination of a polyline and a smooth curve, a straight line and a polyline Combination, a combination of a straight line and a smooth curve, or a combination of a straight line and a smooth curve and a polyline.
  • a smooth curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method shown in Figure 11 includes:
  • S310 controlling the ultrasound probe to emit multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object
  • S330 Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of the multiple transmissions, where the receiving line has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range;
  • the area where the receiving line is located matches the energy range of the sound field.
  • the receiving line can effectively cover the energy range of the transmitted sound field, thereby greatly improving the efficiency of beam synthesis.
  • the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam emitted for the first time matches the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam;
  • the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam emitted for the second time matches the first ultrasonic beam.
  • the sound field energy range of the two ultrasonic beams matches;....
  • the receiving line in S330 has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range can be understood to mean that in the depth direction of the sound field energy range, there are at least two different depth positions where the linear density is different.
  • the linear density of the receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the receiving line at the focal area is greater than the far field of the sound field energy range The linear density of the receiving line.
  • the linear density from the near field to the focal area increases from small to large, and the linear density from the focal area to the far field decreases from large to small.
  • the sound field energy range can be divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction.
  • the receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform linear density along the depth direction
  • the second sub-segment The receiving line has a varying line density in the depth direction.
  • the receiving line of the second sub-segment can be several receiving segments or a curve, as described in the following embodiments in conjunction with FIG. 5 to FIG. 7.
  • the emission scan line of the ultrasound beam is perpendicular to the array element arrangement plane.
  • the first sub-segment can correspond to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the near field
  • the receiving line of has a uniform line density;
  • the second sub-segment can correspond to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line of the focal zone is greater than the line density of the receiving line of the far field.
  • the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small.
  • the ultrasound beam originates from the same beam starting point on the array plane of the array elements.
  • the first sub-segment can correspond to the energy range of the sound field.
  • the far field, and the receiving line of the far field has a uniform line density;
  • the second sub-segment can correspond to the near field and the focal zone of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line of the focal zone is greater than the line density of the receiving line of the near field.
  • the linear density from the near field to the focal zone changes from small to large.
  • the receiving line may include several receiving sections of different depth sections.
  • the sound field energy range can be divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is equal to the depth
  • the ratio of the interval between two adjacent receiving segments in the segment is equal to the preset value.
  • the sound field energy range may be divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is equal to The interval between two adjacent receiving sections in this depth section is positively correlated.
  • the dashed line shows the sound field energy range and is divided into 16 depth segments along the depth range, such as the depth segments 1 to 16 shown in order from top to bottom on the right side in FIG. 5.
  • each depth segment includes multiple receiving segments.
  • the lower part of FIG. 5 shows that the depth segment 16 includes 8 receiving segments, which are marked as 1 to 8 respectively.
  • FIG. 6 where the dashed line shows the sound field energy range and is divided into multiple depth segments along the depth range.
  • the dashed line shows the sound field energy range and is divided into multiple depth segments along the depth range.
  • 3 non-adjacent depth segments are shown in FIG. , Are depth sections a, b, and c, and those skilled in the art can easily obtain other depth sections that are not shown.
  • the sound field energy ranges in the depth direction whose widths of the sound field energy range differ by no more than a preset threshold may be divided into the same depth segment. That is to say, for a depth segment, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range is smaller than the preset threshold.
  • the preset threshold can be expressed as ⁇ . Taking the lowest depth section 16 in FIG. 5 as an example, assuming that the maximum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 is L, then the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 should not be less than L- ⁇ .
  • the sound field energy range may be uniformly divided into a plurality of depth sections along the depth direction.
  • the depth ranges of different depth segments can be equal.
  • the sound field energy range may be unevenly divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction.
  • the depth ranges of at least some of the different depth segments may be unequal.
  • the depth range of the depth section of the focal zone is larger than the depth range of the depth section of the near field (or far field).
  • other criteria may also be considered, and/or other parameters may be used as the dividing basis, which will not be listed here.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at the center position of the depth section.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 16 is located may be the width at the depth position of the center thereof.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section.
  • the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 6 is located may be the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position within the depth section.
  • the multiple receiving sections in one depth section in FIG. 5 are uniform, that is to say, the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in one depth is equal.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, for example, it may be uneven, and the interval between two different adjacent receiving sections may not be equal.
  • the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments can be equal, for example, each of the 16 depth segments in FIG. 5 includes 8 receiving segments.
  • the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments may not be equal.
  • the difference in the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold.
  • the threshold is N (for example, equal to 1 or 2 or other values), then the difference between the number of receiving segments in any two depth segments is less than N.
  • the direction of each receiving section and the transmitting direction of the first ultrasonic beam form a first preset angle, or in other words, the angle between the direction of each receiving section and the transmitting direction of the first ultrasonic beam is less than the error angle .
  • the transmitting direction is vertically downward, and the direction of the receiving section may be vertically upward, and both are vertical.
  • the first preset angle may be 0 degrees and less than the error angle ( For example, 2 degrees or other values); or, optionally, the transmitting direction is vertically downward, and there is a certain angle between the direction of the receiving section and the vertical direction, such as 1 degree, that is, the first preset angle It can be 1 degree and smaller than the error angle (for example, 2 degrees or other values).
  • each receiving section intersects at a point with an extension line in a direction opposite to the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam.
  • the upward extension lines of the six receiving segments with arrows in the depth segment a intersect at the point M.
  • the direction of the receiving section in each depth section and the beam movement direction of the multiple ultrasonic beams form a second preset angle.
  • the second preset angle may be equal to 90 degrees.
  • the multiple ultrasonic beams include a first ultrasonic beam, a second ultrasonic beam, and a third ultrasonic beam.
  • the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam and then to the third ultrasonic beam is the horizontal direction (such as the horizontal direction from left to right), and the direction of the receiving section is the vertical direction. It is vertical.
  • the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam and then to the third ultrasonic beam is the arc direction (such as the direction of rotation around the M point, or understood as the tangent direction of the depth section), and the receiving section
  • the direction of is toward the direction of M, and the two are perpendicular.
  • the positions of the receiving lines corresponding to each emission that form the overlapping sound field energy range overlap.
  • point q is located within the sound field energy range where the first ultrasonic beam and the second ultrasonic beam overlap.
  • the first receiving line and the second receiving line overlap, and q is located at both the first receiving line and the second receiving line.
  • point q is located in the sound field range of the third ultrasonic beam, q is not on the third receiving line; point p is located on the sound field where the first ultrasonic beam, the second ultrasonic beam and the third ultrasonic beam coincide Within the energy range, the first receiving line, the second receiving line, and the third receiving line overlap within the overlapping range, and p is located on the first receiving line, the second receiving line, and the third receiving line.
  • S340 may include: performing beam synthesis processing on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to each transmission according to the receiving line at the coincident position to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal of multiple beam synthesis; and the ultrasonic echo signal of the multiple beam synthesis Perform compounding to obtain a compound ultrasonic echo signal.
  • p is on both the first receiving line, the second receiving line and the third receiving line. Then the composite is performed at point p, and the composite ultrasonic echo signal at this point can be obtained.
  • Figure 9 where p is on both the first receiving line, the second receiving line and the third receiving line. Then the composite is performed at point p, and the composite ultrasonic echo signal at this point can be obtained.
  • the specific compounding method can refer to the weighted sum method described above, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the receiving line may include a curve, or at least part of the receiving line is a curve.
  • that the receiving line includes a curve means that the curvature of at least one segment of the receiving line is not equal to zero.
  • the receiving line may be a continuous smooth curve, or a broken line segment, or a combination of the two, or the like.
  • a smooth curve refers to a curve with continuous curvature.
  • the receiving line may be a concave curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range.
  • the curvature of the receiving line at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the smallest, for example, the curvature of the receiving line at the central axis is equal to zero.
  • FIG. 7, 7 receiving lines are shown, and each receiving line extends along the depth direction.
  • FIG. 7, 7 receiving lines are marked with serial numbers 1 to 7 respectively.
  • the receiving line located at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the receiving line 4 with the smallest curvature. Specifically, the receiving line is from 1 to 4, and the curvature is changed from large to small, and the receiving line is from 4 to 7, and the curvature is from small to large.
  • the receiving line may include at least one of the following line types extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range: a smooth curve, a polyline, a combination of a polyline and a smooth curve, a combination of a straight line and a polyline, a combination of a straight line and a smooth curve , Or the combination of straight line, smooth curve and polyline.
  • the straight line from the near field to the focal zone is a straight line downward
  • the curve from the focal zone to the far field is a smooth curve or the receiving section as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the receiving section as shown in FIG. 6, and from the focal zone to the far field is a straight line or a smooth curve. and many more.
  • the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction.
  • the receiving line includes the first sub-segment receiving line and the second sub-segment receiving line
  • the first sub-segment receiving line is a straight receiving line
  • the second sub-segment receiving line is a curve or includes several receiving segments.
  • the emission scan line of the ultrasonic beam is perpendicular to the array element arrangement plane, at this time the first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the near field has a uniform line density;
  • the segment corresponds to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the receiving line in the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line in the far field.
  • the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small.
  • the ultrasonic beam originates from the same beam starting point on the array plane of the array element or behind the array element plane.
  • the first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range
  • the receiving line of the far field has a consistent
  • the line density of the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and focal zone of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line in the focal zone is greater than the line density of the receiving line in the near field.
  • the linear density from the near field to the focal zone changes from small to large.
  • the receiving line is a curve, or when the intervals between the receiving sections of the same depth section are not completely equal, within the overlapping sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beams emitted multiple times, each time of the overlapping sound field energy range is formed
  • the position of the receiving line corresponding to the emission coincides at most.
  • the position for compounding may include a non-coincident position of the receiving line within the energy range of the overlapping sound field, and the non-coincident position is a position where a part of the receiving line corresponding to multiple transmissions overlaps or the position of a single receiving line.
  • S340 may include: performing a first interpolation calculation based on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to one or multiple transmissions of the multiple transmissions to obtain the interpolated echo signal of the non-coincident position; and the interpolated echo signal based on the non-coincident position and The ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving lines in the non-coincident position are combined to obtain the first composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the method of compounding in non-coincident positions can also adopt the method of weighted summation, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the first interpolation calculation is performed based on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to one or multiple transmissions of multiple transmissions, including: signal processing of the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to one or multiple transmissions of multiple transmissions to obtain phase information And perform the first interpolation calculation based on the ultrasonic echo signal with phase information.
  • the signal processing here may include one or more of the following processing links: beam synthesis and quadrature demodulation.
  • the position for compounding may also include a non-receiving line position within the overlapping sound field energy range, where the non-receiving line position is a position within the overlapping sound field energy range that is not located on any receiving line corresponding to multiple transmissions.
  • S340 may include: performing a second interpolation calculation according to the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to each transmission of the multiple transmissions to obtain multiple interpolated echo signals at the position of the non-receiving line; compounding the multiple interpolated echo signals, Obtain the second composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the second interpolation calculation and compound processing may be independent two-step processing operations, that is, multiple interpolation calculation results are obtained first, and then the compound processing result is obtained; the second interpolation calculation and compound processing may also be a single-step operation combined together, That is, the composite processing result of the non-receiving line position is directly output.
  • the second interpolation calculation can be performed based on the ultrasonic echo signals with phase information on two or several receiving lines corresponding to each transmission near a certain point on the non-receiving line position to obtain the The multiple interpolated ultrasonic echo signals of the point, and then the multiple interpolated ultrasonic echo signals are composited to obtain the second composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the position of the non-receiving line it can also be realized by weighted summation.
  • the second interpolation calculation and composite processing can be performed based on the ultrasonic echo signals with phase information on two or several receiving lines corresponding to each transmission near a certain point on the non-receiving line position, The second composite ultrasonic echo signal is directly obtained.
  • the position for compounding may also include the overlapping position of the receiving line within the energy range of the overlapping sound field, and the overlapping position is the position where the receiving line corresponding to each emission forming the overlapping sound field energy range overlaps.
  • S340 may further include: performing composite according to the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving lines at the coincident position to obtain a second composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  • each receiving line may be different. Therefore, it can be understood that the receiving lines of ultrasonic beams transmitted for different times are not completely coincident.
  • the first sampling point on the first receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first transmission may be located on the second receiving line within the sound field energy range of the second transmission, but not on the third receiving line.
  • the second sampling point on the first receiving line may be neither on the second receiving line nor on the third receiving line, and the third sampling point may not be It is located on any one of the first receiving line, the second receiving line, and the third receiving line.
  • the first sampling point and the second sampling point are both non-coincident positions within the overlapping sound field energy range
  • the third sampling point is the non-receiving line position within the overlapping sound field energy range.
  • different receiving lines may have intersections.
  • the first sampling point When compounding is performed for the non-coincident position of the first sampling point, since the first sampling point is not located on the third receiving line, the first sampling point corresponds to the lack of echo data obtained from the third transmission. In this case, it can be based on the third transmission.
  • the obtained echo data at other positions is subjected to a first interpolation calculation to obtain an interpolated echo signal at the first sampling point. For example, data on multiple third receiving lines around the first sampling point may be used for the first interpolation calculation.
  • the second sampling point corresponds to the lack of the second transmission and the third transmission.
  • the first interpolation calculation can be performed based on the echo data of other positions obtained in the second transmission and the third transmission, respectively, to obtain the echo signals corresponding to the two transmissions at the second sampling point. For example, data on multiple second receiving lines and third receiving lines around the second sampling point may be used for the first interpolation calculation.
  • the interpolated echo signal corresponding to the second transmission and the interpolated echo signal corresponding to the third transmission can be obtained respectively, and then the first ultrasonic echo signal at the second sampling point and the interpolated echo signal corresponding to the second transmission can be obtained.
  • the echo signal is composited with the interpolated echo signal corresponding to the third transmission.
  • the third sampling point When compounding the third sampling point, which is a non-receiving line position, because the third sampling point is not located on the receiving line corresponding to any one of the three transmissions, the third sampling point corresponds to the lack of echo data obtained from these three transmissions.
  • the second interpolation calculation can be performed on the echo data of other positions obtained from the first, second, and third transmissions respectively to obtain multiple interpolated echo signals at the third sampling point, and then perform a second interpolation calculation on multiple echo signals at the third sampling point.
  • the interpolated echo signal is subjected to composite processing to obtain the second composite ultrasonic echo signal at the third sampling point.
  • interpolation calculation can be carried out based on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to one or several transmissions of multiple transmissions to obtain the non-coincident position and the non-receiving line position
  • the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line can be directly combined.
  • S350 may include: processing at least two composite echo signals among the first composite ultrasonic echo signal, the second composite ultrasonic echo signal, and the third composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain ultrasonic image.
  • the first composite ultrasonic echo signal and the third composite ultrasonic echo signal may be processed, that is, based on the points on the receiving line within the energy range of the sound field transmitted multiple times to obtain the ultrasonic image.
  • the third interpolation calculation can also be performed according to the composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain the ultrasonic echo data of the non-composite position within the overlapping sound field energy range; and the composite ultrasonic echo signal and the ultrasonic echo of the non-composite position The data is processed to obtain an ultrasound image.
  • the ultrasound echo data at more positions can be obtained based on the ultrasound echo data at the sampling point, so that the obtained ultrasound image can contain more information and make the resolution higher. more precise.
  • the first composite ultrasonic echo signal, the second composite ultrasonic echo signal, and the third composite ultrasonic echo signal can be processed, that is, the processing is performed based on each sampling point in the energy range of the sound field of multiple shots.
  • Get an ultrasound image Since the compounding process includes interpolation and compounding of the position of the non-receiving line, the ultrasound image obtained at this time can contain more information.
  • the foregoing first interpolation calculation and second interpolation calculation are used to correspond to and distinguish the calculation process of different positions in the sound field range, but the calculation method itself may be the same or different.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method shown in Figure 12 includes:
  • S410 Transmit an ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, and perform multiple ultrasound scans;
  • S420 Receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam, and obtain the ultrasonic echo signal
  • S430 Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasound beam during each ultrasound scan in the multiple ultrasound scans, where the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction, and the first sub-segment
  • the receiving line of is a straight receiving line, and the receiving line of the second subsection is curved or includes several receiving sections;
  • the emission scan line of the ultrasonic beam of each ultrasonic scan is perpendicular to the arrangement plane of the array element that emits the ultrasonic beam; the first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range.
  • the receiving line of the field has a uniform line density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line of the focal zone is greater than the line density of the receiving line of the far field.
  • the receiving line of the near field may be the vertical downward receiving line of the near field as shown in FIG. 1(b).
  • the linear density of the receiving line at the focal region of the sound field energy range may be greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range.
  • the linear density of the focal zone may be equal to the linear density of the near field.
  • the ultrasonic beams of multiple ultrasonic scans include the same beam starting point located on the arrangement plane of the array elements that emit the ultrasonic beams, or the ultrasonic waves of multiple ultrasonic scans.
  • the beam includes a plurality of beam starting points located on the arrangement plane of the array elements emitting ultrasonic beams, and the reverse extension lines of the transmission scan lines of the ultrasonic beams emitted from the plurality of beam starting points intersect at a point behind the arrangement plane.
  • the first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the far field has a uniform line density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and focal area of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line of the focal area is greater than that of the near field.
  • the line density of the receiving line may be a straight line of the far field as shown in FIG. 1(c).
  • the linear density of the receiving line at the focal region of the sound field energy range may be greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range.
  • the linear density of the focal zone can be equal to the linear density of the far field.
  • the linear density from the near field to the focal zone increases from small to large.
  • the receiving line of the second sub-segment includes several receiving segments discrete in the depth direction.
  • S430 may include: dividing the sound field energy range of the second sub-segment into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located The width of is positively correlated with the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section.
  • dividing the sound field energy range into multiple depth sections along the depth direction may include: dividing the sound field energy range in the depth direction whose widths of the sound field energy range are not greater than a preset threshold value into the same depth section.
  • the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is equal; or, the difference between the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold.
  • the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in a depth section is equal.
  • the part from depth segment 6 to depth segment 16 in Figure 5 can be considered as the second sub-segment, and the upper half of Figure 6 including depth segment a and depth segment b can be considered as the first sub-segment.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method shown in Figure 13 includes:
  • S510 Transmit an ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, and perform multiple ultrasound scans;
  • S520 Receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam, and obtain the ultrasonic echo signal
  • S530 Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasound beam during each ultrasound scan in the multiple ultrasound scans, wherein the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction, the first sub-segment
  • the receiving line of has a uniform line density along the depth direction
  • the receiving line of the second sub-segment has a varying line density in the depth direction
  • S540 Perform beam synthesis processing on the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line of each ultrasonic scan to obtain multiple beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signals;
  • composite ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by multiple beams to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal, and obtain an ultrasonic image accordingly.
  • S550 may include: composite ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by multiple beams to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; processing the composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • the emission scan line of the ultrasound beam of each ultrasound scan is perpendicular to the arrangement plane of the array element that emits the ultrasound beam; the first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the near field has a consistent line Density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the receiving line in the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the receiving line in the far field.
  • the receiving line of the near field may be the vertical downward receiving line of the near field as shown in FIG. 1(b).
  • the linear density of the receiving line at the focal zone of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range.
  • the linear density of the focal zone is equal to the linear density of the near field.
  • the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small.
  • the ultrasound beams of multiple ultrasound scans include the same beam starting point located on the arrangement plane of the array elements that emit the ultrasound beam, or the ultrasound beams of multiple ultrasound scans include the arrangement plane of the array elements that emit the ultrasound beam.
  • the multiple beam starting points on the above, and the reverse extension lines of the transmission scan lines of the ultrasonic beams emitted from the multiple beam starting points intersect at a point behind the arrangement plane.
  • the first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the far field has a uniform line density;
  • the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and focal area of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line of the focal area is greater than that of the near field.
  • the line density of the receiving line may be a straight line of the far field as shown in FIG. 1(c).
  • the linear density of the receiving line at the focal zone of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range.
  • the linear density of the focal zone is equal to the linear density of the far field.
  • the linear density from the near field to the focal zone increases from small to large.
  • the receiving line of the second sub-segment includes several receiving segments discrete in the depth direction.
  • S530 may include: dividing the sound field energy range of the second sub-segment into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located The width of is positively correlated with the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section.
  • dividing the sound field energy range into multiple depth sections along the depth direction may include: dividing the sound field energy range in the depth direction whose widths of the sound field energy range are not greater than a preset threshold value into the same depth section.
  • the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is equal; or, the difference between the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold.
  • the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in a depth section is equal.
  • the part from depth segment 6 to depth segment 16 in Figure 5 can be considered as the second sub-segment, and the upper half of Figure 6 including depth segment a and depth segment b can be considered as the first sub-segment.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method shown in Figure 14 includes:
  • S610 Transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object once;
  • S620 Receive an ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam once to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal
  • S630 Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the primary ultrasonic beam, where the area where the receiving line is located matches the sound field energy range;
  • S640 Process the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • the receiving line may be a receiving line within the energy range of the sound field shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 13 in combination, and will not be repeated here.
  • the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object to perform ultrasonic scanning, and receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the memory 130 is used to store a program executed by the processor 140.
  • the processor 140 is used to determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam of an ultrasound scan, wherein the line density of the receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range
  • the linear density of the receiving line at the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range
  • the ultrasonic echo signal is processed according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasound image.
  • the display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
  • the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit multiple ultrasonic beams to the region of interest of the target object to perform multiple ultrasonic scans, and receive the ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams to obtain Multiple ultrasonic echo signals.
  • the memory 130 is used to store a program executed by the processor 140.
  • the processor 140 is configured to: determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of the multiple transmissions, where the receiving line includes several receiving sections or at least part of the receiving line is a curve; Multiple ultrasound echo signals are processed to obtain ultrasound images.
  • the display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
  • the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit multiple ultrasonic beams to the region of interest of the target object to perform multiple ultrasonic scans, and receive the ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams to obtain Multiple ultrasonic echo signals.
  • the memory 130 is used to store a program executed by the processor 140.
  • the processor 140 is used to determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of each ultrasonic beam emitted in multiple transmissions, wherein the receiving line has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range;
  • the multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • the display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
  • the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object, perform multiple ultrasonic scans, and receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal .
  • the memory 130 is used to store programs executed by the processor 140.
  • the processor 140 is configured to determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam during each ultrasonic scan in multiple ultrasonic scans, where the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction,
  • the receiving line of the first subsection is a straight receiving line
  • the receiving line of the second subsection is curved or includes several receiving sections; the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line of each ultrasound scan are processed and combined to obtain the combined ultrasound Echo signal; and processing the composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • the display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
  • the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object, perform multiple ultrasonic scans, and receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal .
  • the memory 130 is used to store a program executed by the processor 140.
  • the processor 140 is configured to determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam during each ultrasonic scan in multiple ultrasonic scans, where the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction,
  • the receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform linear density along the depth direction
  • the receiving line of the second sub-segment has a varying linear density in the depth direction
  • the ultrasonic echo signal is beam-synthesized according to the receiving line of each ultrasound scan , Obtain the ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by multiple beams; and compound the ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the multiple beams to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal, and obtain an ultrasonic image accordingly.
  • the display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
  • the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object, and receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam once to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the memory 130 is used to store a program executed by the processor 140.
  • the processor 140 is configured to determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the primary ultrasonic beam, where the area where the receiving line is located matches the sound field energy range; processing the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasound image.
  • the display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
  • ultrasound imaging system 10 shown in FIG. 2 can be used to implement the steps of the method shown in any one of FIGS. 3 or 10 to 14 described above.
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the computer storage medium is a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program instructions when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to emit the first ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, and perform an ultrasound scan;
  • the probe receives the first ultrasonic echo of the first ultrasonic beam to obtain the first ultrasonic echo signal; determines the first receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam, where the first receiving line at the focal zone of the sound field energy range
  • the linear density of the receiving line is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the first receiving line at the focal zone is greater than that of the first receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range
  • Line density Perform beam synthesis processing on the first ultrasonic echo signal according to the first receiving line to obtain the beam synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal.
  • the computer program instructions when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to emit multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object; control the ultrasound probe to receive multiple ultrasounds The ultrasonic echo of the beam to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals; determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of the multiple transmissions, where the receiving line includes several receiving sections or at least part of the receiving line is Curve; multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line are processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • the computer program instructions when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to emit multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object; control the ultrasound probe to receive multiple ultrasounds The ultrasonic echo of the beam is obtained, and multiple ultrasonic echo signals are obtained; the receiving line within the sound field energy range of each transmitted ultrasonic beam in multiple transmissions is determined, wherein the receiving line has a changing line in the depth direction of the sound field energy range Density: The multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line transmitted multiple times are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • the computer program instructions when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to emit an ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, perform multiple ultrasound scans; control the ultrasound probe Receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal; determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam during each ultrasonic scan in the multiple ultrasonic scans, wherein the sound field energy range is divided into at least the first Sub-segment and the second sub-segment, the receiving line of the first sub-segment is a straight receiving line, the receiving line of the second sub-segment is a curve or includes several receiving segments; the ultrasonic echo signal of the receiving line of each ultrasound scan is performed The composite is processed to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; and the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  • the computer program instructions when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to emit an ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, perform multiple ultrasound scans; control the ultrasound probe Receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal; determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam during each ultrasonic scan in the multiple ultrasonic scans, wherein the sound field energy range is divided into at least the first Sub-segment and second sub-segment, the receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform line density along the depth direction, and the receiving line of the second sub-segment has a varying line density in the depth direction; according to the receiving line pair of each ultrasound scan
  • the ultrasonic echo signal undergoes beam synthesis processing to obtain multiple beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signals; and the multiple beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signals are combined to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal, and an ultrasonic image is obtained
  • the computer program instructions when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to transmit an ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object; control the ultrasound probe to receive an ultrasound beam Ultrasound echo to obtain ultrasonic echo signal; determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the primary ultrasonic beam, where the area where the receiving line is located matches the sound field energy range; process the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line to obtain the ultrasonic image .
  • the computer storage medium may include, for example, a memory card of a smart phone, a storage component of a tablet computer, a hard disk of a personal computer, a read-only memory (ROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), a portable compact disk read-only memory ( CD-ROM), USB memory, or any combination of the above storage media.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any combination of one or more computer-readable storage media.
  • an embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer program product, which contains instructions, which when executed by a computer, cause the computer to execute the steps of the method shown in any one of FIG. 3 or FIG. 10 to FIG. 14.
  • the embodiment of the present invention determines the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam, so that the linear density of the focal area is greater than the linear density of the near field and greater than the linear density of the far field, which can ensure that the sampling frequency in the focal area is higher. High, thus ensuring the efficiency of beam synthesis when performing compounding.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present invention essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Ultra Sonic Daignosis Equipment (AREA)

Abstract

An ultrasonic signal processing method, and an ultrasonic imaging method and system (10). The ultrasonic signal processing method comprises: transmitting a first ultrasonic beam to a region of interest of a target object, and executing an ultrasound scan (S110); receiving a first ultrasonic echo of the first ultrasonic beam to obtain a first ultrasonic echo signal (S120); determining a first receiving line within a sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam, the line density of the first receiving line of a focal zone of the sound field energy range being greater than the line density of the first receiving line of a near field of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the first receiving line of the focal zone being greater than the line density of the first receiving line of a far field of the sound field energy range (S130); and performing beam synthesis on the first ultrasonic echo signal according to the first receiving line so as to obtain a beam synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal (S140). Thus, sampling frequency in a focal zone can be guaranteed to be higher, thereby ensuring beam synthesis efficiency when carrying out compounding.

Description

超声成像方法及系统Ultrasound imaging method and system 技术领域Technical field
本发明实施例涉及超声领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种超声信号处理方法、超声成像方法及系统。The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of ultrasound, and more specifically, to an ultrasound signal processing method, ultrasound imaging method and system.
背景技术Background technique
发射连续聚焦成像的基本原理是将相邻的发射波束的回波与当前回波进行相干复合,尽可能地把非焦区的能量记录、并“回溯性”地累加起来,合成、重构发射逐点聚焦的效果。该技术的其中一个关键点是对发射波束的回波能量进行记录,其依赖于接收波束的采样方法,它从本质上决定了多次发射的回波以何种方式进行复合。The basic principle of emission continuous focus imaging is to coherently composite the echoes of the adjacent emission beams with the current echo, record the energy of the non-focus area as much as possible, and “retrospectively” accumulate it to synthesize and reconstruct the emission. The effect of point-by-point focusing. One of the key points of this technology is to record the echo energy of the transmitting beam, which depends on the sampling method of the receiving beam, which essentially determines the way in which the echoes of multiple transmissions are combined.
发射连续聚焦的接收波束采样方法中,目前常采用的是等间隔、等角度等方法,但实际发射波束的能量范围并不“规整”,导致了对回波采集不平衡,声场的有些区域采集过密,有些地方采集不足,为了保证质量,波束合成系统不得不按照最密集的方案采集,导致波束合成效率低下。In the receiving beam sampling method of transmitting continuous focusing, methods such as equal intervals and equal angles are often used at present, but the energy range of the actual transmitting beam is not "regular", resulting in an imbalance in the echo collection, and some areas of the sound field are collected. Too dense and insufficient collection in some places. In order to ensure the quality, the beam synthesis system has to collect according to the densest scheme, resulting in low beam synthesis efficiency.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种超声成像方法及系统。The embodiment of the present invention provides an ultrasonic imaging method and system.
第一方面,提供了一种超声信号处理的方法,所述方法包括:In a first aspect, a method for processing ultrasonic signals is provided, the method including:
向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射第一超声波束,执行一次超声扫描;Transmit the first ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, and perform an ultrasound scan;
接收所述第一超声波束的第一超声回波,得到第一超声回波信号;Receiving the first ultrasonic echo of the first ultrasonic beam to obtain a first ultrasonic echo signal;
确定所述第一超声波束的声场能量范围内的第一接收线,其中,在所述声场能量范围的焦区处的第一接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的近场处的第一接收线的线密度,且所述焦区处的第一接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的远场处的第一接收线的线密度;Determine the first receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam, wherein the linear density of the first receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than that at the near field of the sound field energy range The linear density of the first receiving line, and the linear density of the first receiving line at the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range;
根据所述第一接收线对所述第一超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到波束合成的第一超声回波信号。Perform beam synthesis processing on the first ultrasonic echo signal according to the first receiving line to obtain a beam synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal.
第二方面,提供了一种超声成像方法,所述方法包括:In a second aspect, an ultrasound imaging method is provided, and the method includes:
向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束;Send multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object;
接收所述多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号;Receiving ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals;
确定多次发射中每一次发射的所述超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中:Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of multiple transmissions, where:
所述声场能量范围包括沿深度方向划分的多个深度段,每个深度段包括所述接收线的若干个接收段,且不同深度段的接收段离散排布;The sound field energy range includes a plurality of depth sections divided along a depth direction, each depth section includes several receiving sections of the receiving line, and the receiving sections of different depth sections are arranged discretely;
或者,至少部分的所述接收线为曲线;Or, at least part of the receiving line is a curve;
对所述接收线的所述多个超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line are processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
第三方面,提供了一种超声成像方法,所述方法包括:In a third aspect, an ultrasound imaging method is provided, and the method includes:
控制超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束;Control the ultrasound probe to emit multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object;
控制所述超声探头接收所述多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号;Controlling the ultrasonic probe to receive the ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals;
确定多次发射中每一次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,所述接收线在声场能量范围的深度方向上具有变化的线密度;Determining the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of the multiple transmissions, wherein the receiving line has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range;
对多次发射的所述接收线的多个超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;Composite the multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line that have been transmitted multiple times to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal;
对所述复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
第四方面,提供了一种超声成像方法,所述方法包括:In a fourth aspect, an ultrasound imaging method is provided, and the method includes:
向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束,执行多次超声扫描;Transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object and perform multiple ultrasonic scans
接收所述超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;Receiving the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal;
确定多次超声扫描中每次超声扫描时所述超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,所述声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,所述第一子段的接收线为直线接收线,所述第二子段的接收线为曲线或者包括若干个接收段;Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasound beam during each ultrasound scan in multiple ultrasound scans, wherein the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction. The receiving line of the first subsection is a straight receiving line, and the receiving line of the second subsection is curved or includes several receiving sections;
对每次超声扫描的所述接收线的所述超声回波信号进行处理复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;以及Processing and compounding the ultrasound echo signals of the receiving line of each ultrasound scan to obtain a combined ultrasound echo signal; and
对所述复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
第五方面,提供了一种超声成像方法,所述方法包括:In a fifth aspect, an ultrasound imaging method is provided, and the method includes:
向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束,执行多次超声扫描;Transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object and perform multiple ultrasonic scans
接收所述超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;Receiving the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal;
确定多次超声扫描中每次超声扫描时所述超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,所述声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,所述第一子段的接收线沿所述深度方向具有一致的线密度,所述第二子段的接收线在所述深度方向上具有变化的线密度;Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasound beam during each ultrasound scan in multiple ultrasound scans, wherein the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction. The receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform linear density along the depth direction, and the receiving line of the second sub-segment has a varying linear density in the depth direction;
根据每次超声扫描的所述接收线对所述超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到多个波束合成的超声回波信号;以及Perform beam synthesis processing on the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line of each ultrasonic scan to obtain multiple beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signals; and
对所述多个波束合成的超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合的超声回波信号,并据此得到超声图像。The ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the multiple beams are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal, and an ultrasonic image is obtained accordingly.
第六方面,提供了一种超声成像方法,所述方法包括:In a sixth aspect, an ultrasound imaging method is provided, the method including:
向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射一次超声波束;Transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object;
接收所述一次超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;Receiving the ultrasonic echo of the primary ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal;
确定所述一次超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,所述接收线所在的区域与所述声场能量范围匹配;Determining the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the primary ultrasonic beam, wherein the area where the receiving line is located matches the sound field energy range;
根据所述接收线对所述超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The ultrasonic echo signal is processed according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasonic image.
第七方面,提供了一种超声成像系统,包括:In a seventh aspect, an ultrasound imaging system is provided, including:
超声探头;Ultrasound probe
发射/接收选择开关,用于激励所述超声探头经由发射电路向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束以执行超声扫描,并接收所述超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;A transmit/receive selection switch for stimulating the ultrasonic probe to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object via a transmitting circuit to perform ultrasonic scanning, and receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal;
存储器,用于存储所述处理器执行的程序;A memory for storing programs executed by the processor;
处理器,用于:Processor for:
确定一次超声扫描的所述超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,在所述声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的近场处的接收线的线密度,且所述焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的远场处的接收线的线密度;Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam of an ultrasound scan, wherein the line density of the receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range The linear density of the receiving line at the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range;
根据所述接收线对所述超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The ultrasonic echo signal is processed according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasonic image.
第八方面,提供了一种超声成像系统,其特征在于,包括:In an eighth aspect, an ultrasound imaging system is provided, which is characterized in that it includes:
超声探头;Ultrasound probe
发射/接收选择开关,用于激励所述超声探头经由发射电路向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束,并接收所述多次超声波束的超声回波,得 到多个超声回波信号;A transmit/receive selection switch for stimulating the ultrasonic probe to transmit multiple ultrasonic beams to the region of interest of the target object via the transmitting circuit, and receive ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams, to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals;
存储器,用于存储所述处理器执行的程序;A memory for storing programs executed by the processor;
处理器,用于执行上述第二方面至第六方面中任一所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute the method described in any one of the foregoing second aspect to the sixth aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现前述第一方面至第六方面中任一所述方法的步骤。In a ninth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in any one of the first to sixth aspects are realized.
由此可见,本发明实施例确定超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,使焦区的线密度大于近场的线密度且大于远场的线密度,这样能够保证在焦区的采样频率更高,进而在进行复合时保证波束合成的效率。It can be seen that the embodiment of the present invention determines the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam, so that the linear density of the focal area is greater than the linear density of the near field and greater than the linear density of the far field, which can ensure that the sampling frequency in the focal area is higher. High, thus ensuring the efficiency of beam synthesis when performing compounding.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention more clearly, the following will briefly introduce the drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments or the prior art. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some of the present invention. Embodiments, for those of ordinary skill in the art, without creative labor, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings.
图1(a)-(d)是发射声场能量图以及几种接收线采样方法的示意图;Figure 1(a)-(d) is a schematic diagram of the emission sound field energy diagram and several receiving line sampling methods;
图2是超声成像系统的一个结构框图;Figure 2 is a block diagram of the ultrasound imaging system;
图3是本发明实施例的超声信号处理的方法的一个示意性流程图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasonic signal processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4是声场能量范围内的不同位置的能量集中程度的一个示意图;Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of the energy concentration degree of different positions in the sound field energy range;
图5是本发明实施例的包括接收段的接收线的一个示意图;Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a receiving line including a receiving section according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图6是本发明实施例的包括接收段的接收线的再一个示意图;Fig. 6 is another schematic diagram of a receiving line including a receiving section according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7是本发明实施例的包括曲线的接收线的一个示意图;Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a receiving line including a curve according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图8是本发明实施例的多次发射的接收线的一个示意图;Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of a receiving line for multiple transmissions according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9是本发明实施例的多次发射的接收线的再一个示意图;Fig. 9 is another schematic diagram of a receiving line for multiple transmissions according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图10是本发明实施例的超声成像方法的一个示意性流程图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图11是本发明实施例的超声成像方法的一个示意性流程图;FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图12是本发明实施例的超声成像方法的一个示意性流程图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图13是本发明实施例的超声成像方法的一个示意性流程图;FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图14是本发明实施例的超声成像方法的一个示意性流程图。FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of an ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present invention, not all of them. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative work shall fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
目前商用的超声成像系统用的最多的还是聚焦波成像,如图1(a)所示为聚焦波的发射声场能量图,其中孔径约为18mm,发射焦点深度为80mm,发射波形加权处理。图1(b)为等间隔距离采样方法,图1(c)为等间隔角度采样方法,图1(d)为等间隔和角度采样方法。因为焦区的侧向能量变化幅度较大,因此需要细致的接收采样来保证质量,假设80mm附近需要8个接收波束来保证采样质量。图1(b)在远场,需要约3倍(相对于焦区的8波束)的接收波束来覆盖有效的声场能量范围,相同的结论也适用于图1(c)近场,需要2倍以上的接收波束来覆盖近场的有效声场范围。图1(d)是在等间隔距离的基础上应用等间隔角度,相当于(b)和(c)的折中,相对均匀一些,但是也面临着近场和远场的采样过密、焦区存在无效波束的问题。At present, the most commonly used ultrasonic imaging systems are focused wave imaging. Figure 1(a) shows the emission sound field energy diagram of the focused wave. The aperture is about 18mm, the emission focal depth is 80mm, and the emission waveform is weighted. Figure 1(b) is the equal interval distance sampling method, Fig. 1(c) is the equal interval angle sampling method, and Fig. 1(d) is the equal interval and angle sampling method. Because the lateral energy of the focal zone varies greatly, it requires careful receiving sampling to ensure quality. It is assumed that 8 receiving beams are needed near 80mm to ensure sampling quality. Figure 1(b) In the far field, about 3 times (relative to the 8 beams in the focal area) of the receive beam is required to cover the effective sound field energy range. The same conclusion is also applicable to the near field of Figure 1(c), which requires 2 times The above receiving beam covers the effective sound field range of the near field. Figure 1(d) is based on the equal interval distance, which is equivalent to a compromise between (b) and (c), which is relatively uniform, but it also faces the close and focus sampling of the near field and the far field. There is a problem of invalid beams in the area.
接收波束密度过高会对发射逐点聚焦产生不利影响:在相同的波束数目下,线密度过高会导致接收波束合成对发射声场采集不全,导致有效的复合次数下降,降低逐点聚焦的效果。以图1(c)为例,由于近场的声束较宽,按照图中等间隔角度的方式采样,需要17个波束覆盖约90度、完整的声场范围,只有记录完整,才能较好的回溯重构。如果波束数少于17个波束,比如采用9波束(足够覆盖中远场有效区域),近场区域的有效复合次数会降低,无法完整地实现近场的发射逐点聚焦。Too high receiving beam density will have an adverse effect on the point-by-point focusing of the transmission: under the same number of beams, too high linear density will result in incomplete acquisition of the transmitted sound field by receiving beam synthesis, resulting in a decrease in the effective number of recombinations and reducing the effect of point-by-point focusing . Take Figure 1(c) as an example. Since the sound beams in the near field are wider, sampling at equal intervals in the figure requires 17 beams to cover about 90 degrees and complete the sound field. Only when the record is complete can you better trace back. Refactoring. If the number of beams is less than 17 beams, such as 9 beams (enough to cover the effective area of the mid- and far-field), the effective number of recombinations in the near-field area will be reduced, and the point-by-point focus of the near-field emission cannot be fully realized.
可见,现有采样方法会导致波束合成实现效率低下,无论是等间隔采样、等间隔角度采样或者两个结合的方法,都会导致采样过密或者采样不全的问题。It can be seen that the existing sampling method will lead to low efficiency of beam synthesis. Whether it is equal interval sampling, equal interval angle sampling or the combination of the two methods, it will cause the problem of over-sampling or incomplete sampling.
本发明实施例提供了一种超声成像系统,如图2所示为一种超声成像系统的结构框图。其中,超声成像系统10包括超声探头110、发射/接收控制电路120、存储器130、处理器140以及显示器150。发射/接收控制电路120可以包括发射电路、接收电路和发射/接收选择开关,发射电路用于激励超声探头110向目标对象发射超声波束,接收电路用于通过超声探头110接收 从目标对象返回的超声回波,获得超声回波信号。处理器140可以对第一超声回波信号进行处理。The embodiment of the present invention provides an ultrasound imaging system, as shown in FIG. 2 is a structural block diagram of an ultrasound imaging system. Wherein, the ultrasound imaging system 10 includes an ultrasound probe 110, a transmitting/receiving control circuit 120, a memory 130, a processor 140, and a display 150. The transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 may include a transmitting circuit, a receiving circuit, and a transmitting/receiving selection switch. The transmitting circuit is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the target object, and the receiving circuit is used to receive the ultrasonic return from the target object through the ultrasonic probe 110. Echo to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal. The processor 140 may process the first ultrasonic echo signal.
示例性地,处理器140可以确定超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,根据接收线对超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到波束合成的超声回波信号。更详细的描述可以参见本说明书的后续实施例。Exemplarily, the processor 140 may determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam, and perform beam synthesis processing on the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line to obtain the beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signal. For more detailed description, please refer to the subsequent embodiments of this specification.
可选地,处理器140还可以根据超声回波信号,得到目标对象的超声图像。例如,可以进行波束合成、正交解调、包络求取等处理,可以进行波束合成、壁滤波、速度方差能量求解等处理。处理器140得到的超声图像可以存储于存储器130中。并且,超声图像可以在显示器150上显示。Optionally, the processor 140 may also obtain an ultrasound image of the target object according to the ultrasound echo signal. For example, processing such as beam synthesis, quadrature demodulation, and envelope calculation can be performed, and processing such as beam synthesis, wall filtering, velocity variance energy calculation, etc. can be performed. The ultrasound image obtained by the processor 140 may be stored in the memory 130. And, the ultrasound image may be displayed on the display 150.
可选地,超声成像系统10中的显示器150可以为触摸显示屏、液晶显示屏等;或者显示器150可以为独立于超声成像系统10之外的液晶显示器、电视机等独立显示设备;或者显示器150可以是智能手机、平板电脑等电子设备的显示屏,等等。其中,显示器150的数量可以为一个或多个。Optionally, the display 150 in the ultrasound imaging system 10 can be a touch screen, a liquid crystal display, etc.; or the display 150 can be an independent display device such as a liquid crystal display, a TV, etc., independent of the ultrasound imaging system 10; or the display 150 It can be the display screen of an electronic device such as a smart phone, a tablet computer, and so on. Wherein, the number of displays 150 may be one or more.
可选地,超声成像系统10中的存储器130可以为闪存卡、固态存储器、硬盘等。其可以为易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器,为可移除存储器和/或不可移除存储器等。Optionally, the memory 130 in the ultrasound imaging system 10 may be a flash memory card, a solid-state memory, a hard disk, or the like. It can be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory, a removable memory and/or a non-removable memory, etc.
可选地,超声成像系统10中的处理器140可以通过软件、硬件、固件或其任意组合来实现,可以使用电路、单个或多个专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、单个或多个通用集成电路、单个或多个微处理器、单个或多个可编程逻辑器件、或者前述电路和/或器件的任意组合、或者其他适合的电路或器件,从而使得处理器140可以执行本说明书中的各个实施例中的方法的相应步骤。Optionally, the processor 140 in the ultrasound imaging system 10 may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof, and may use circuits, single or multiple application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), single or multiple applications. A general-purpose integrated circuit, a single or multiple microprocessors, a single or multiple programmable logic devices, or any combination of the foregoing circuits and/or devices, or other suitable circuits or devices, so that the processor 140 can execute this specification Corresponding steps of the method in each embodiment.
应理解,图2所示的超声成像系统10所包括的部件只是示意性的,其可以包括更多或更少的部件。例如,超声成像系统10还可以包括诸如键盘、鼠标、滚轮、轨迹球、等输入设备,和/或包括显示器150之外的诸如打印机之类的输出设备。相应的外部输入/输出端口可以是无线通信模块,也可以是有线通信模块,或者两者的组合。外部输入/输出端口也可基于USB、如CAN等总线协议、和/或有线网络协议等来实现。本发明对此不限定。It should be understood that the components included in the ultrasound imaging system 10 shown in FIG. 2 are only schematic, and it may include more or fewer components. For example, the ultrasound imaging system 10 may also include input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a scroll wheel, a trackball, etc., and/or include an output device such as a printer other than the display 150. The corresponding external input/output port can be a wireless communication module, a wired communication module, or a combination of the two. The external input/output ports can also be implemented based on USB, bus protocols such as CAN, and/or wired network protocols. The present invention is not limited to this.
基于上述实施例的超声成像系统,图3是本发明实施例的超声成像方法的一个示意性流程图。图3所示的方法包括:Based on the ultrasound imaging system of the foregoing embodiment, FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method shown in Figure 3 includes:
S110,向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射第一超声波束,执行一次超声扫描;S110: Transmit a first ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, and perform an ultrasound scan;
S120,接收第一超声波束的第一超声回波,得到第一超声回波信号;S120, receiving the first ultrasonic echo of the first ultrasonic beam to obtain the first ultrasonic echo signal;
S130,确定第一超声波束的声场能量范围内的第一接收线,其中,在声场能量范围的焦区处的第一接收线的线密度大于在声场能量范围的近场处的第一接收线的线密度,且焦区处的第一接收线的线密度大于在声场能量范围的远场处的第一接收线的线密度;S130. Determine the first receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam, wherein the linear density of the first receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than the first receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range The linear density of the first receiving line at the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range;
S140,根据第一接收线对第一超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到波束合成的第一超声回波信号。S140: Perform beam synthesis processing on the first ultrasonic echo signal according to the first receiving line to obtain a beam synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal.
本发明实施例中,第一超声波束的声场能量范围可以如图1(a)所示,其中沿着深度方向,不同的深度位置中心能量也是不同的。可以将中心能量最大的位置称为焦区的中心,并将中心能量衰减一定阈值的能量范围定义为焦区。进一步地,将深度小于焦区的范围称为近场,并将深度大于焦区的范围称为远场。In the embodiment of the present invention, the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam may be as shown in FIG. 1(a), wherein along the depth direction, the center energy of different depth positions is also different. The position with the largest center energy can be called the center of the focal zone, and the energy range where the central energy attenuates by a certain threshold is defined as the focal zone. Further, the range whose depth is smaller than the focal region is called the near field, and the range whose depth is larger than the focal region is called the far field.
本发明实施例中,接收线指在声场能量范围内,用来进行波束合成计算的合成点的位置所形成的连线。由于波束合成过程为数字波束合成,因此合成点相互间是离散存在的,多个离散合成点组成的连线即构成接收线。S130中确定的第一接收线在焦区的线密度大于近场的线密度,且大于远场的线密度,这样焦区的采样频率高。其中,线密度可以用于表示接收线的数量或者相邻接收线之间的间隔(距离间隔或角度间隔),具体地,单位宽度内接收线的数量越多,相邻两个接收线之间的间隔越小,则线密度越大。In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving line refers to the line formed by the position of the synthesis point used for beam synthesis calculation within the energy range of the sound field. Since the beam synthesis process is digital beam synthesis, the synthesis points are discretely existed between each other, and the connection composed of multiple discrete synthesis points constitutes the receiving line. The linear density of the first receiving line determined in S130 in the focal area is greater than the linear density of the near field and greater than the linear density of the far field, so that the sampling frequency of the focal area is high. Among them, the line density can be used to indicate the number of receiving lines or the interval between adjacent receiving lines (distance interval or angular interval). Specifically, the more the number of receiving lines per unit width, the more The smaller the interval, the greater the linear density.
本发明实施例考虑到在声场能量范围内的不同位置的能量集中程度不同而在S130中确定第一接收线,具体地,参见图4所示,右侧画出深度分别是10mm、80mm和160mm的发射声束能量图,可以看出焦区附近(80mm)的声束能量集中,在侧向变化剧烈,需要较高的采样频率;而远场由于发射能量不聚焦,声波能量分散且较为平坦,最终的图像分辨率弱于焦区附近(F-number大),因此需要的采样频率相对较低;类似地,近场相对也比较平坦,但F-number较小,实现发射连续聚焦之后分辨率优于远场,因此侧向采样频率高于远场。如此,在S130中确定的第一接收线在焦区的线密度大于在远场的线密度,且大于在近场的线密度。在一些示例中,S130中确定的第一接收线在近场的最大线密度可大于远场的最大线密度。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first receiving line is determined in S130 in consideration of the different levels of energy concentration at different positions within the energy range of the sound field. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, the depths drawn on the right are 10mm, 80mm, and 160mm, respectively. It can be seen that the energy of the sound beam near the focal area (80mm) is concentrated, which changes drastically in the lateral direction, and requires a higher sampling frequency; while the far field is not focused because the emitted energy is not focused, the sound wave energy is scattered and relatively flat , The final image resolution is weaker than near the focal area (large F-number), so the required sampling frequency is relatively low; similarly, the near field is relatively flat, but the F-number is small, and the resolution is achieved after continuous focusing of the emission The rate is better than the far field, so the lateral sampling frequency is higher than the far field. In this way, the linear density of the first receiving line determined in S130 in the focal region is greater than the linear density in the far field and greater than the linear density in the near field. In some examples, the maximum linear density of the first receiving line determined in S130 in the near field may be greater than the maximum linear density of the far field.
示例性地,第一接收线所在的区域与声场能量范围匹配。这样,第一接收线能够将发射声场能量范围进行有效地覆盖,从而能够解决采样过密或者采样不全的问题,极大地提高波束合成的效率。Exemplarily, the area where the first receiving line is located matches the energy range of the sound field. In this way, the first receiving line can effectively cover the energy range of the transmitted sound field, thereby solving the problem of over-sampling or incomplete sampling, and greatly improving the efficiency of beam synthesis.
本发明实施例中,第一接收线在声场能量范围的深度方向上具有变化的线密度。也就是说,在声场能量范围的深度方向上,至少存在两个不同的深度处的线密度是不同的。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first receiving line has a varying line density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range. That is to say, in the depth direction of the sound field energy range, there are at least two different depths where the linear density is different.
在其中一种实现方式中,沿着声场能量范围的深度方向,从近场到焦区线密度由小变大,从焦区到远场线密度由大变小。线密度沿深度方向的变化,可以是连续变化,也可以是部分深度处的线密度不同但总体形成从近场到焦区由小变大、从焦区到远场由大变小的变化方式。In one of the implementation manners, along the depth direction of the energy range of the sound field, the linear density from the near field to the focal area increases from small to large, and the linear density from the focal area to the far field decreases from large to small. The linear density changes along the depth direction, which can be continuous, or the linear density at part of the depth is different, but the overall formation changes from the near field to the focal area from small to large, and from the focal area to the far field from large to small .
在其中一种实现方式中,可以将声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,第一子段的第一接收线沿深度方向具有一致的线密度,第二子段的第一接收线在深度方向上具有变化的线密度。其中,第二子段的第一接收线可以是若干接收段或者是曲线,如下述结合图5至图7的实施例所述。In one of the implementation manners, the sound field energy range can be divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction. The first receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform linear density along the depth direction, and the second The first receiving line of the sub-segment has a varying line density in the depth direction. Wherein, the first receiving line of the second sub-segment can be several receiving segments or a curve, as described below in conjunction with the embodiments of FIG. 5 to FIG. 7.
示例性地,作为一例,第一超声波束的发射扫描线与阵元的排列平面垂直,此时第一子段对应声场能量范围的近场,且近场的第一接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段对应声场能量范围的焦区和远场,且焦区的第一接收线的线密度大于远场的第一接收线的线密度。可选地,沿着深度方向,从焦区到远场线密度由大变小。示例性地,第二子段可以包括曲线。示例性地,第二子段也可以包括不同深度段的若干个接收段,不同深度段的接收段离散排布,这里的离散排布指至少有部分接收段的至少一端与其他深度段的接收段在空间上不连续。Illustratively, as an example, the emission scan line of the first ultrasonic beam is perpendicular to the array element arrangement plane, at this time the first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the first receiving line of the near field has a uniform line density ; The second sub-segment corresponds to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the first receiving line in the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line in the far field. Optionally, along the depth direction, the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small. Exemplarily, the second sub-segment may include a curve. Exemplarily, the second sub-segment may also include several receiving sections of different depth sections, and the receiving sections of different depth sections are arranged discretely, where the discrete arrangement refers to at least part of the receiving section at least one end of the receiving section and other depth sections. The segments are not continuous in space.
示例性地,作为另一例,第一超声波束源自阵元的排列平面上或阵元排列平面后方的同一波束起点,此时第一子段对应声场能量范围的远场,且远场的接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段对应声场能量范围的近场和焦区,且焦区的第一接收线的线密度大于近场的第一接收线的线密度。可选地,沿着深度方向,从近场到焦区线密度由小变大。示例性地,第二子段可以包括不同深度段离散排布的的若干个接收段,第二子段也可以包括曲线。Illustratively, as another example, the first ultrasonic beam originates from the same beam starting point on or behind the array element arrangement plane. At this time, the first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range, and the far field is received The lines have a uniform line density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and the focal area of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the first receiving line in the focal area is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line in the near field. Optionally, along the depth direction, the linear density from the near field to the focal zone changes from small to large. Exemplarily, the second sub-segment may include several receiving segments discretely arranged in different depth segments, and the second sub-segment may also include a curve.
下面将结合附图具体描述第一接收线。Hereinafter, the first receiving line will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
作为一种实现方式,第一接收线可以包括不同深度段的若干个接收段。即,第一接收线并不是从近场延伸到远场的连续连线。As an implementation manner, the first receiving line may include several receiving sections of different depth sections. That is, the first receiving line is not a continuous line extending from the near field to the far field.
应当理解,本发明实施例对S110中所发射的第一超声波束的发射方向不作限定。示例性地,第一超声波束的发射方向可以与阵元所在的平面之间具有一定的角度,该角度可以为锐角或者直角等。例如,在下面图5所示的示例中,第一超声波束的发射方向是垂直朝下的,即与阵元所在的平面垂直。示例性地,第一超声波束也可以是采用相控阵偏转方式发射的。例如,如图6所示。It should be understood that the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam emitted in S110. Exemplarily, the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam may have a certain angle with the plane where the array element is located, and the angle may be an acute angle or a right angle. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 5 below, the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam is vertically downward, that is, perpendicular to the plane where the array element is located. Exemplarily, the first ultrasonic beam may also be transmitted in a phased array deflection mode. For example, as shown in Figure 6.
示例性地,S130中,可以将声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与该深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔的比值等于预设值。Exemplarily, in S130, the sound field energy range may be divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is equal to the depth The ratio of the interval between two adjacent receiving segments in the segment is equal to the preset value.
或者,示例性地,S130中,可以将声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与该深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔正相关。Or, for example, in S130, the sound field energy range may be divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is equal to The interval between two adjacent receiving sections in this depth section is positively correlated.
作为一例,参照图5,其中虚线示出了声场能量范围,并且沿着深度方向被划分为16个深度段,如图5中的右侧从上到下依次示出的1至16。并且每个深度段包括多个接收段,例如,在图5中的下方示出了深度段16中包括8个接收段,分别标记为1至8。As an example, refer to FIG. 5, where the dashed line shows the sound field energy range and is divided into 16 depth segments along the depth direction, such as 1 to 16 shown in order from top to bottom on the right side in FIG. 5. And each depth segment includes multiple receiving segments. For example, the lower part of FIG. 5 shows that the depth segment 16 includes 8 receiving segments, which are marked as 1 to 8 respectively.
作为另一例,参照图6,其中虚线示出了声场能量范围,并且沿着深度方向被划分为多个深度段,但是为了简化示意,图6中仅示出了非相邻的3个深度段,分别为a、b和c,本领域技术人员很容易得到未示出的其他的深度段。As another example, refer to FIG. 6, where the dashed line shows the sound field energy range, and is divided into multiple depth segments along the depth direction, but to simplify the illustration, only 3 non-adjacent depth segments are shown in FIG. , Which are respectively a, b, and c, and those skilled in the art can easily obtain other depth sections not shown.
示例性地,在划分深度段时,可以将深度方向上声场能量范围的宽度相差不大于预设阈值的声场能量范围划分为同一深度段。也就是说,对于一个深度段来说,声场能量范围的宽度的最大值与最小值之间的差值小于预设阈值。结合图5,假设预设阈值可以表示为δ。以图5最下的深度段16为例,假设深度段16中声场能量范围的宽度的最大值为L,那么深度段16中声场能量范围的宽度的最小值应该不小于L-δ。其中,在某一深度下,声场能量范围的宽度的最大值L可由以下方式确定:该深度下若所接收的声场最高能量为α分贝,则L为能量高于α-β声场能量范围的声场宽度,其中β为 一系统预设值。Exemplarily, when dividing the depth segments, the sound field energy ranges in the depth direction whose widths of the sound field energy range differ by no more than a preset threshold may be divided into the same depth segment. That is to say, for a depth segment, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range is smaller than the preset threshold. With reference to Figure 5, it is assumed that the preset threshold can be expressed as δ. Taking the lowest depth section 16 in FIG. 5 as an example, assuming that the maximum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 is L, then the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 should not be less than L-δ. Among them, at a certain depth, the maximum value L of the width of the sound field energy range can be determined by the following way: if the highest energy of the received sound field at this depth is α decibels, then L is the sound field with energy higher than the energy range of the α-β sound field Width, where β is a system preset value.
示例性地,在划分深度段时,可以沿着深度方向将声场能量范围均匀地划分为多个深度段。也就是说,不同深度段的深度范围可以是相等的。结合图5,假设声场能量范围的深度范围为H,若划分为16个深度段,那么每个深度段的深度范围均为H/16。Exemplarily, when dividing the depth section, the sound field energy range may be uniformly divided into a plurality of depth sections along the depth direction. In other words, the depth ranges of different depth segments can be equal. With reference to Figure 5, suppose the depth range of the sound field energy range is H. If it is divided into 16 depth sections, then the depth range of each depth section is H/16.
示例性地,在划分深度段时,可以沿着深度方向将声场能量范围不均匀地划分为多个深度段。也就是说,不同深度段的深度范围可以是不相等的。例如,焦区的深度段的深度范围大于近场(或远场)的深度段的深度范围。Exemplarily, when dividing the depth section, the sound field energy range may be unevenly divided into a plurality of depth sections along the depth direction. In other words, the depth ranges of different depth segments may be unequal. For example, the depth range of the depth section of the focal zone is larger than the depth range of the depth section of the near field (or far field).
示例性地,在划分深度段时,每个深度段包含的深度范围取决于超声波束的波束特征(声场能量范围的特征)和处理器的处理能力。除以上描述的划分方式外,也可以考虑其他的准则,和/或以其他的参数作为划分依据,这里不再一一罗列,能保证划分后的同一深度段内的深度方向上能量分布均匀的划分方式,均在本发明的保护范围内。另外,处理器基于软件波束合成进行信号处理时,深度段的划分不是固定不变,还可对深度段包含的深度范围进行灵活调节。Exemplarily, when the depth segments are divided, the depth range contained in each depth segment depends on the beam characteristics of the ultrasonic beam (the characteristics of the sound field energy range) and the processing capability of the processor. In addition to the division methods described above, other criteria can also be considered, and/or other parameters are used as the basis for division. This will not list them one by one to ensure that the energy distribution in the depth direction within the same depth section after division is uniform. The division methods are all within the protection scope of the present invention. In addition, when the processor performs signal processing based on software beam synthesis, the division of the depth segment is not fixed, and the depth range included in the depth segment can be flexibly adjusted.
其中,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度可以是该深度段的中心位置处的声场能量范围的宽度。例如,参照图5,深度段16所在的声场能量范围的宽度可以为其中心的宽度。或者,每一个深度段内各深度位置的能量分布基本相同时,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为该深度段的任一深度位置的声场能量范围的宽度。例如,依然参照图5,深度段6所在的声场能量范围的宽度可以为其深度段的任一深度位置的声场能量范围的宽度。Wherein, the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located may be the width of the sound field energy range at the center position of the depth section. For example, referring to FIG. 5, the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 16 is located may be the width of the center thereof. Or, when the energy distribution of each depth position in each depth section is basically the same, the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section. For example, still referring to FIG. 5, the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 6 is located may be the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section.
另外,从图5可以看出,从近场到焦区,如从深度段1至深度段6,线密度由小到大,即相邻两个接收段之间的间隔由大到小。从焦区到远场,如从深度段6至深度段16,线密度由大到小,即相邻两个接收段之间的间隔由小到大。类似地,从图6也可以看出,从近场到焦区,如从深度段a至深度段b,线密度由小到大,即相邻两个接收段之间的间隔由大到小。从焦区到远场,如从深度段b至深度段c,线密度由大到小,即相邻两个接收段之间的间隔由小到大。In addition, it can be seen from Figure 5 that from the near field to the focal zone, such as from the depth section 1 to the depth section 6, the linear density increases from small to large, that is, the interval between two adjacent receiving sections increases from large to small. From the focal zone to the far field, such as from the depth section 6 to the depth section 16, the linear density is from large to small, that is, the interval between two adjacent receiving sections is from small to large. Similarly, it can be seen from Figure 6 that from the near field to the focal zone, such as from the depth section a to the depth section b, the linear density increases from small to large, that is, the interval between two adjacent receiving sections increases from large to small . From the focal zone to the far field, such as from the depth section b to the depth section c, the linear density increases from large to small, that is, the interval between two adjacent receiving sections increases from small to large.
示例性地,一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与其中的相邻两个接 收段之间的间隔之间可以是线性关系。Exemplarily, there may be a linear relationship between the width of the sound field energy range in which a depth section is located and the interval between two adjacent receiving sections.
依然参照图5,以深度段16为例,假设深度段16所在的声场能量范围的宽度为L,并且深度段16中包括均匀的8个接收段,那么相邻两个连接段之间的间隔为L/9。从而,该深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与该深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔的比值等于预设值,该预设值例如为1/9;或者理解为,该深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与该深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔成线性关系,该线性关系的系数例如为1/9。Still referring to FIG. 5, taking the depth section 16 as an example, assuming that the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 16 is located is L, and the depth section 16 includes even 8 receiving sections, then the interval between two adjacent connecting sections It is L/9. Therefore, the ratio of the width of the sound field energy range in which the depth section is located to the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section is equal to a preset value, for example, the preset value is 1/9; or understood as the depth The width of the sound field energy range in which the segment is located has a linear relationship with the interval between two adjacent receiving segments in the depth segment, and the coefficient of the linear relationship is, for example, 1/9.
应当注意的是,尽管图5中一个深度段中的多个接收段是均匀的,也就是说一个深度内的每两个相邻接收段之间的间隔相等。但是本发明对此不限定,例如,可以是不均匀的,不同的相邻两个接收段之间的间隔可以不相等。It should be noted that although the multiple receiving sections in one depth section in FIG. 5 are uniform, that is to say, the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in one depth is equal. However, the present invention is not limited to this, for example, it may be uneven, and the interval between two different adjacent receiving sections may not be equal.
另外应当注意的是,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量可以相等,如图5中16个深度段中的每个深度段包含8个接收段。或者,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量也可以不相等,示例性地,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量之差小于阈值。例如,假设阈值为N(例如等于1或2或其他值),那么任意两个深度段中的接收段的数量之差都小于N。In addition, it should be noted that the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments can be equal, for example, each of the 16 depth segments in FIG. 5 includes 8 receiving segments. Alternatively, the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments may not be equal. For example, the difference in the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold. For example, assuming that the threshold is N (for example, equal to 1 or 2 or other values), then the difference between the number of receiving segments in any two depth segments is less than N.
这样,在不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量的实现方式中,第一接收线可以包括不同深度段中的离散的若干接收段。示例性地,一个第一接收线包括与多个深度段一一对应的多个接收段。并且,若干个接收段是离散的,相邻两个接收段之间是不连续的,例如可以是彼此错开的。示例性地,一个第一接收线所包括的相邻的两个接收段在声场能量范围的横向方向上相错开。声场能量范围的横向方向可以认为是声场能量范围的宽度方向。或者换句话说,一个第一接收线所包括的相邻的两个接收段在发射方向的正交方向上相错开。参照图5,其中通过带箭头的接收段示出了其中的两个第一接收线。具体地,一个第一接收线包括与16个深度段一一对应的16个接收段。并且16个接收段是彼此错开的,具体地在水平方向上彼此错开。参照图6,其中通过带箭头的接收段示出了其中的两个第一接收线的一部分。一个第一接收线可以包括若干接收段,并且若干接收段彼此间不平行且彼此错开,具体地在与发射方向正交的方向上彼此错开。In this way, in the implementation of the number of receiving sections included in different depth sections, the first receiving line may include several discrete receiving sections in different depth sections. Exemplarily, one first receiving line includes multiple receiving segments corresponding to multiple depth segments one-to-one. In addition, several receiving sections are discrete, and two adjacent receiving sections are not continuous, for example, they may be staggered with each other. Exemplarily, two adjacent receiving segments included in one first receiving line are staggered in the transverse direction of the sound field energy range. The lateral direction of the sound field energy range can be considered as the width direction of the sound field energy range. Or in other words, two adjacent receiving segments included in a first receiving line are staggered in the orthogonal direction of the transmitting direction. Referring to FIG. 5, two of the first receiving lines are shown by receiving sections with arrows. Specifically, one first receiving line includes 16 receiving segments corresponding to the 16 depth segments in a one-to-one manner. And the 16 receiving sections are staggered from each other, specifically in the horizontal direction. Referring to FIG. 6, a portion of the two first receiving lines is shown by the receiving section with arrows. One first receiving line may include several receiving sections, and the several receiving sections are not parallel to each other and staggered with each other, specifically staggered with each other in a direction orthogonal to the transmitting direction.
可选地,一个深度段所包括的若干个接收段之间可以是彼此平行的。示例性地,每个接收段的方向与第一超声波束的发射方向成第一预设角度,或 者说,每个接收段的方向与第一超声波束的发射方向之间的夹角小于误差角度。例如,图5中发射方向是竖直朝下的,那么接收段的方向可以是竖直朝上的,两者都是竖直的,第一预设角度可以为0度,并且小于误差角度(例如为2度或其他值);或者,可选地,发射方向是竖直朝下的,接收段的方向与竖直方向之间具有一定的夹角,如1度,即第一预设角度可以为1度,并且小于误差角度(例如为2度或其他值)。如图5中,第一接收线的各深度段内的若干个接收端的方向为竖直朝上,与该图示下的发射方向之间的第一预设角度为0度。Optionally, several receiving sections included in one depth section may be parallel to each other. Exemplarily, the direction of each receiving section and the transmitting direction of the first ultrasonic beam form a first preset angle, or in other words, the angle between the direction of each receiving section and the transmitting direction of the first ultrasonic beam is less than the error angle . For example, in Figure 5, the transmitting direction is vertically downward, the direction of the receiving section may be vertically upward, both of which are vertical, and the first preset angle may be 0 degrees and less than the error angle ( For example, 2 degrees or other values); or, optionally, the transmitting direction is vertically downward, and there is a certain angle between the direction of the receiving section and the vertical direction, such as 1 degree, that is, the first preset angle It can be 1 degree and smaller than the error angle (for example, 2 degrees or other values). As shown in FIG. 5, the directions of the several receiving ends in each depth section of the first receiving line are vertically upward, and the first preset angle with the transmitting direction in the figure is 0 degrees.
可选地,一个深度段所包括的若干个接收段之间可以是相交于一点的。示例性地,每个接收段在与第一超声波束的发射方向相反方向上的延长线相交于一点。例如,图6中,深度段a的6个接收段向上的延长线相交于点M。Optionally, several receiving segments included in one depth segment may intersect at one point. Exemplarily, each receiving section intersects at a point with an extension line in a direction opposite to the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam. For example, in FIG. 6, the upward extension lines of the six receiving sections of the depth section a intersect at the point M.
作为另一种实现方式,第一接收线可以包括曲线,或者,第一接收线的至少部分为曲线。本发明实施例中,第一接收线包括曲线是指,该第一接收线的至少一段的曲率不等于0。示例性地,第一接收线可以为连续的平滑曲线、或者折线段、两者的组合等。其中,平滑曲线是指曲率连续的曲线。As another implementation manner, the first receiving line may include a curve, or at least part of the first receiving line is a curve. In the embodiment of the present invention, that the first receiving line includes a curve means that the curvature of at least one segment of the first receiving line is not equal to zero. Exemplarily, the first receiving line may be a continuous smooth curve, or a broken line segment, a combination of the two, or the like. Among them, a smooth curve refers to a curve with continuous curvature.
作为一例,相对于声场能量范围的中心轴,第一接收线可以为在声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的凹形曲线。可选地,位于声场能量范围的中心轴处的第一接收线的曲率最小,例如中心轴处的第一接收线的曲率等于0。如图7所示,示出了7条第一接收线,且每一个第一接收线都沿着深度方向延伸。在图7中,以序号1至7分别标记出7个第一接收线,其中,位于声场能量范围的中心轴处的第一接收线为第一接收线4,其曲率最小。具体地,接收线从1到4,曲率由大变小,接收线从4到7,曲率由小变大。As an example, with respect to the central axis of the sound field energy range, the first receiving line may be a concave curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range. Optionally, the curvature of the first receiving line at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the smallest, for example, the curvature of the first receiving line at the central axis is equal to zero. As shown in FIG. 7, seven first receiving lines are shown, and each of the first receiving lines extends along the depth direction. In FIG. 7, 7 first receiving lines are marked with serial numbers 1 to 7 respectively. Among them, the first receiving line located at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the first receiving line 4, the curvature of which is the smallest. Specifically, the receiving line is from 1 to 4, and the curvature is changed from large to small, and the receiving line is from 4 to 7, and the curvature is from small to large.
作为另一例,第一接收线可以包括在声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的以下线条类型的至少一种:平滑曲线、折线、折线与平滑曲线的组合、直线与折线的组合、直线与平滑曲线的组合、或直线与平滑曲线和折线的组合。As another example, the first receiving line may include at least one of the following line types extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range: a smooth curve, a polyline, a combination of a polyline and a smooth curve, a combination of a straight line and a polyline, a straight line and a smooth curve , Or a combination of straight lines and smooth curves and polylines.
举例来说,从近场到焦区为竖直向下的直线,从焦区到远场为平滑曲线或者为如图5中深度段6-16的接收段。举例来说,从近场到焦区为如图6中深度段1-6的接收段,从焦区到远场为直线或者平滑曲线。等等。For example, the straight line from the near field to the focal zone is a straight line downward, and the curve from the focal zone to the far field is a smooth curve or the receiving section as the depth section 6-16 in FIG. 5. For example, from the near field to the focal zone is the receiving section of the depth range 1-6 in Fig. 6, and from the focal zone to the far field is a straight line or a smooth curve. and many more.
作为另一种实现方式,第一超声波束的声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,相应地,第一接收线包括第一子段接收线和第 二子段接收线,第一子段接收线为直线接收线,第二子段接收线为曲线或者包括若干个接收段。As another implementation manner, the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction. Accordingly, the first receiving line includes the first sub-segment receiving line and the second sub-segment. A segment receiving line, the first sub-segment receiving line is a straight receiving line, and the second sub-segment receiving line is a curve or includes several receiving segments.
示例性地,作为一例,第一超声波束的发射扫描线与阵元的排列平面垂直,此时第一子段对应声场能量范围的近场,且近场的第一接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段对应声场能量范围的焦区和远场,且焦区和远场的第一接收线的线密度是变化的。可选地,沿着深度方向,从焦区到远场线密度由大变小。Illustratively, as an example, the emission scan line of the first ultrasonic beam is perpendicular to the array element arrangement plane, at this time the first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the first receiving line of the near field has a uniform line density ; The second sub-segment corresponds to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the first receiving line of the focal zone and the far field is variable. Optionally, along the depth direction, the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small.
示例性地,作为另一例,第一超声波束源自阵元的排列平面上或阵元的排列平面后方的同一波束起点,此时第一子段对应声场能量范围的远场,且远场的接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段对应声场能量范围的近场和焦区,且焦区和近场的第一接收线的线密度是变化的。可选地,沿着深度方向,从近场到焦区线密度由小变大。Illustratively, as another example, the first ultrasonic beam originates from the same beam starting point on or behind the arrangement plane of the array element. At this time, the first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range, and the far field The receiving line has a uniform linear density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and the focal zone of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the first receiving line of the focal zone and the near field is variable. Optionally, along the depth direction, the linear density from the near field to the focal zone changes from small to large.
应当注意的是,上面尽管结合多个示例描述了第一接收线,但是本发明实施例并没有列出第一接收线的全部可能情形,本领域技术人员在上述已公开的实施例的基础上得到的其他的第一接收线的情形,依然落入本发明的保护范围内。It should be noted that although the first receiving line is described above in conjunction with a number of examples, the embodiment of the present invention does not list all possible situations of the first receiving line. Those skilled in the art are based on the above disclosed embodiments. The other obtained first receiving lines still fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例中,在S110之后,例如在S140之后,还可以包括:向感兴趣区域发射第二超声波束,执行再一次超声扫描;接收第二超声波束的第二超声回波,得到第二超声回波信号;确定第二超声波束的声场能量范围内的第二接收线,并根据第二接收线对第二超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到波束合成的第二超声回波信号;对波束合成的第一超声回波信号与波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;以及对复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。In the embodiment of the present invention, after S110, for example, after S140, it may further include: transmitting a second ultrasonic beam to the region of interest, and performing another ultrasonic scan; receiving the second ultrasonic echo of the second ultrasonic beam to obtain the second ultrasonic wave. Ultrasonic echo signal; determine the second receiving line within the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam, and perform beam synthesis processing on the second ultrasonic echo signal according to the second receiving line to obtain a beam synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal; The first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; and the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
在一种实现方式中,第一接收线包括不同深度段的若干个接收段。在该种实现方式下,S110之后可以包括:向感兴趣区域发射第二超声波束,执行再一次超声扫描;接收第二超声波束的第二超声回波,得到第二超声回波信号;确定第二超声波束的声场能量范围内的第二接收线,第二接收线在第二超声波束的声场能量范围的深度方向上同样具有变化的线密度,其中在第二超声波束的声场能量范围的焦区处的第二接收线的线密度大于近场处的第二接收线的线密度,且焦区处的第二接收线的线密度大于远场处的第二接收 线的线密度;该实现方式中第一超声波束与第二超声波束重合的声场能量范围内,第一接收线可与第二接收线重合;根据第二接收线对第二超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到波束合成的第二超声回波信号;对重合的声场能量范围内的波束合成的第一超声回波信号与波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;以及对复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。In an implementation manner, the first receiving line includes several receiving sections of different depth sections. In this implementation manner, after S110, it may include: transmitting a second ultrasonic beam to the region of interest and performing another ultrasonic scan; receiving the second ultrasonic echo of the second ultrasonic beam to obtain the second ultrasonic echo signal; The second receiving line within the sound field energy range of the two ultrasonic beams. The second receiving line also has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam. The linear density of the second receiving line at the area is greater than the linear density of the second receiving line at the near field, and the linear density of the second receiving line at the focal area is greater than the linear density of the second receiving line at the far field; this realization In the method, within the sound field energy range where the first ultrasonic beam and the second ultrasonic beam overlap, the first receiving line can coincide with the second receiving line; the second ultrasonic echo signal is subjected to beam synthesis processing according to the second receiving line to obtain beam synthesis The second ultrasonic echo signal; the first ultrasonic echo signal of the beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of the beam synthesis in the overlapping sound field energy range are combined to obtain the combined ultrasonic echo signal; and After the ultrasonic echo signal is processed, an ultrasonic image is obtained.
作为一例,针对图5所示的第一超声波束的声场能量范围以及第一接收线,图8中还示出了第二超声波束的声场能量范围以及第二接收线。具体地,在图8中,以虚线表示超声波束的声场能量范围,并且在两次发射的声场能量范围的重合区域内,第一接收线与第二接收线是重合的。另外,作为示例,图8中还示出了第三超声波束的声场能量范围,并且在重合的声场能量范围内的接收线也是彼此重合的。As an example, for the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam and the first receiving line shown in FIG. 5, FIG. 8 also shows the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam and the second receiving line. Specifically, in FIG. 8, the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam is represented by a dotted line, and in the overlapping area of the sound field energy range of the two transmissions, the first receiving line and the second receiving line are overlapped. In addition, as an example, FIG. 8 also shows the sound field energy range of the third ultrasonic beam, and the receiving lines in the overlapping sound field energy range are also coincident with each other.
作为再一例,针对图6所示的第一超声波束的声场能量范围以及第一接收线,图9中还示出了第二超声波束的声场能量范围以及第二接收线。具体地,在图9中,以虚线表示超声波束的声场能量范围,并且在两次发射的声场能量范围的重合区域内,第一接收线与第二接收线是重合的。另外,作为示例,图9中还示出了第三超声波束的声场能量范围,并且在重合的声场能量范围内的接收线也是彼此重合的。As another example, for the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam and the first receiving line shown in FIG. 6, FIG. 9 also shows the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam and the second receiving line. Specifically, in FIG. 9, the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam is represented by a dotted line, and in the overlapping area of the sound field energy range of the two transmissions, the first receiving line and the second receiving line are overlapped. In addition, as an example, FIG. 9 also shows the sound field energy range of the third ultrasonic beam, and the receiving lines in the overlapping sound field energy range are also coincident with each other.
其中,对重合的声场能量范围内的波束合成的第一超声回波信号与波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,包括:在重合的声场能量范围内沿第一接收线和第二接收线的重合位置进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号。结合图8,其中p既在第一接收线上,也在第二接收线上。那么在p点处进行复合,可以得到该点处复合后的超声回波信号。结合图9,其中p既在第一接收线上,也在第二接收线上。那么在p点处进行复合,可以得到该点处复合后的超声回波信号。Wherein, combining the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam in the overlapping sound field energy range includes: along the first receiving line and the second receiving within the overlapping sound field energy range The overlapping positions of the lines are combined to obtain the combined ultrasonic echo signal. With reference to Figure 8, where p is on both the first receiving line and the second receiving line. Then the composite is performed at point p, and the composite ultrasonic echo signal at this point can be obtained. With reference to Figure 9, where p is on both the first receiving line and the second receiving line. Then the composite is performed at point p, and the composite ultrasonic echo signal at this point can be obtained.
其中,对重合的声场能量范围内的波束合成的第一超声回波信号与波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,包括:将波束合成的第一超声回波信号和波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行时间对准;将时间对准后的波束合成的第一超声回波信号和波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行加权求和,得到复合后的超声回波信号。Wherein, combining the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis within the energy range of the overlapping sound field includes: combining the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis The ultrasonic echo signals are time aligned; the time-aligned beam-synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal and the beam-synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal are weighted and summed to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal.
本发明实施例中,在进行复合时,可以通过加权求和的方式实现。针对点p,得到与k次发射一一对应的k个回波数据,表示为Echo i(p),i=1,2,…,k。其中,如果p位于第i次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线上,那么第i次发射得到的回波数据Echo i(p)是该接收线上的波束合成的回波信号。 In the embodiment of the present invention, when performing compounding, it can be realized by means of weighted summation. For point p, k echo data corresponding to k transmissions are obtained one-to-one, expressed as Echo i (p), i=1, 2,...,k. Among them, if p is located on the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the i-th transmitted ultrasonic beam, then the echo data Echo i (p) obtained from the i-th transmission is the echo signal synthesized by the beam on the receiving line.
复合后的回波信号可以表示为:The composite echo signal can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2020139056-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020139056-appb-000001
其中,w i为权重。这样能够通过多(k)次发射的回波信号,实现对p点的图像重构,达到发射逐点聚焦的效果。 Among them, w i is the weight. In this way, through multiple (k) transmitted echo signals, the image reconstruction of point p can be realized, and the effect of focusing the transmission point by point can be achieved.
本发明实施例可以针对强聚焦成像,深度方向上接收线的线密度不是均匀的,这种采样对于计算发射逐点聚焦权重w i可以有如下促进作用:(1),强聚焦成像的情况下声场能量范围内的焦区的能量变化剧烈,本发明实施例中焦区的接收线的线密度大,能够更多地采样从而记录由于发射的超声波束的能量差异带来的回波特性的差异(这种差异刻画了整个发射的超声波束的全貌),进而有助于后续进行回溯性重构;(2),强聚焦成像的情况下发射的超声波束对接收波束具有“牵拉”作用,其结果是实际接收位置更偏向发射中心位置;如图8或图9中的p点的实际位置可能会倾向于各自的发射的超声波束中心,这种细节的声场特性需要有效的采样才能体现出来,以便计算最优的聚焦权重w i和偏转参数,实现细节分辨率和信噪比的最佳平衡。 The embodiment of the present invention can be aimed at strong focus imaging, and the linear density of the receiving line in the depth direction is not uniform. This kind of sampling can have the following promotion effect in calculating the emission point-by-point focus weight w i : (1), in the case of strong focus imaging The energy of the focal zone within the energy range of the sound field changes drastically. In the embodiment of the present invention, the line density of the receiving line in the focal zone is large, so more samples can be taken to record the echo characteristics caused by the energy difference of the emitted ultrasonic beams. Difference (this difference describes the whole picture of the entire transmitted ultrasound beam), which in turn facilitates retrospective reconstruction in the subsequent; (2), the transmitted ultrasound beam has a “pulling” effect on the received beam in the case of strong focus imaging , The result is that the actual receiving position is more biased towards the transmitting center position; the actual position of point p in Figure 8 or Figure 9 may be inclined to the center of the respective emitted ultrasonic beams. This detailed sound field characteristic requires effective sampling to reflect In order to calculate the optimal focus weight w i and deflection parameters to achieve the best balance of detail resolution and signal-to-noise ratio.
示例性地,接收段的方向与第一超声波束移动到第二超声波束的波束移动方向成第二预设角度。其中,第二预设角度可以等于90度。参照图8,第一超声波束移动到第二超声波束的波束移动方向为水平方向(如从左到右的水平方向),而接收段的方向为竖直方向,两者是垂直的。参照图9,第一超声波束移动到第二超声波束的波束移动方向为圆弧方向(如绕M点的旋转方向,或者理解为深度段的切线方向),而接收段的方向为朝向M的方向,两者是垂直的。Exemplarily, the direction of the receiving section and the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam form a second preset angle. Wherein, the second preset angle may be equal to 90 degrees. Referring to FIG. 8, the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam is the horizontal direction (such as the horizontal direction from left to right), and the direction of the receiving section is the vertical direction, and the two are vertical. 9, the beam moving direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam is the arc direction (such as the direction of rotation around the M point, or understood as the tangent direction of the depth section), and the direction of the receiving section is toward M Direction, the two are perpendicular.
应当理解,在S110之后,除了发射第二超声波束,还可以发射更多个超声波束(如图8和图9中示出了第三超声波束的声场能量范围),并通过将回波信号复合得到超声图像。其中将多个回波信号进行复合与将两个回波信号进行复合是类似的,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that after S110, in addition to transmitting the second ultrasonic beam, more ultrasonic beams can also be transmitted (as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 as the sound field energy range of the third ultrasonic beam), and the echo signals are combined Obtain ultrasound images. The compounding of multiple echo signals is similar to the compounding of two echo signals, and will not be repeated here.
在另一种实现方式中,第一接收线包括在声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的曲线。在该种实现方式下,S110之后可以包括:向感兴趣区域发射第二超声波束,执行再一次超声扫描;接收第二超声波束的第二超声回波,得到第二超声回波信号;确定第二超声波束的声场能量范围内的第二接收线,第二接收线同样为在第二超声波束的声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的曲线,其中第一超声波束与第二超声波束重合的声场能量范围内,第一接收线与第二接收线至多部分重合;根据第二接收线对第二超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到波束合成的第二超声回波信号;对重合的声场能量范围内的波束合成的第一超声回波信号与波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;以及对复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。In another implementation, the first receiving line includes a curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range. In this implementation manner, after S110, it may include: transmitting a second ultrasonic beam to the region of interest to perform another ultrasonic scan; receiving the second ultrasonic echo of the second ultrasonic beam to obtain the second ultrasonic echo signal; The second receiving line within the sound field energy range of the two ultrasonic beams. The second receiving line is also a curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam, where the sound field where the first ultrasonic beam and the second ultrasonic beam coincide Within the energy range, the first receiving line and the second receiving line overlap at most; the second ultrasonic echo signal is beam-synthesized according to the second receiving line to obtain the beam-synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal; the overlapping sound field energy The first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam within the range are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; and the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
其中,对重合的声场能量范围内的波束合成的第一超声回波信号与波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,包括:根据波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行第一插值计算,得到重合的声场能量范围内非重合位置的第二超声回波信号,非重合位置为位于第一接收线但非位于第二接收线的位置,并将非重合位置上的波束合成的第一超声回波信号与非重合位置的第二超声回波信号进行复合,得到第一复合后的超声回波信号。Wherein, compounding the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis within the energy range of the overlapping sound field includes: performing a first interpolation calculation according to the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis, Obtain the second ultrasonic echo signal at a non-coincident position within the energy range of the coincident sound field. The non-coincident position is the position located on the first receiving line but not on the second receiving line, and the beams at the non-coincident position are combined into the first ultrasound The echo signal is composited with the second ultrasonic echo signal at the non-coincident position to obtain the first composite ultrasonic echo signal.
其中,对重合的声场能量范围内的波束合成的第一超声回波信号与波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,还包括:根据波束合成的第一超声回波信号和波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行第二插值计算,得到重合的声场能量范围内非接收线位置的第二复合后的超声回波信号,这里的非接收线位置为重合的声场能量范围内既非位于第一接收线也非位于第二接收线的位置。Wherein, combining the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis within the energy range of the overlapping sound field further includes: the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized according to the beam and the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis Perform the second interpolation calculation on the two ultrasonic echo signals to obtain the second combined ultrasonic echo signal of the non-receiving line position within the coincident sound field energy range. The non-receiving line position here is the non-receiving line position within the coincident sound field energy range and is neither located in the first A receiving line is also not located at the position of the second receiving line.
其中,对重合的声场能量范围内的波束合成的第一超声回波信号与波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,还包括:在重合的声场能量范围内沿第一接收线和第二接收线的重合位置,对波束合成的第一超声回波信号和波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,得到第三复合后的超声回波信号。Wherein, combining the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam within the overlapping sound field energy range also includes: along the first receiving line and the second receiving line within the overlapping sound field energy range The overlapping position of the receiving line is combined with the beam-synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal and the beam-synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal to obtain the third combined ultrasonic echo signal.
参照图7,各个第一接收线的曲率可以是不同的,因此可以理解,针对不同次发射的超声波束的接收线不是完全重合的。以先后发射五次为例,重合的声场能量范围内包括:重合位置、非重合位置和非接收线位置;重合位置指五次发射的接收线重合的位置,非重合位置包括两种情形:部分(该示 例中至少两次且至多四次)发射的接收线重合的位置、以及仅有其中一次发射的接收线的位置;非接收线位置指没有任何一次接收线的位置。具体地,第二超声波束的声场能量范围内的第二接收线与第一超声波束的声场能量范围内的第一接收线可以不是完全重合的。那么,位于第一接收线上的某个点可能不位于第二接收线上,当然,第一接收线与第二接收线可能会存在交点,也就是说可能存在部分点既在第一接收线上也在第二接收线上。Referring to FIG. 7, the curvature of each first receiving line may be different. Therefore, it can be understood that the receiving lines of the ultrasonic beams transmitted for different times are not completely coincident. Taking five consecutive launches as an example, the overlapping sound field energy range includes: coincident position, non-coincident position, and non-receiving line position; coincident position refers to the position where the receiving line of five transmissions coincides, and non-coincident position includes two situations: Partially (At least twice and at most four times in this example) The position where the receiving lines of the transmission overlap and the position of the receiving line of only one of the transmissions; the non-receiving line position refers to the position where there is no receiving line. Specifically, the second receiving line in the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam may not completely coincide with the first receiving line in the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam. Then, a certain point on the first receiving line may not be on the second receiving line. Of course, there may be an intersection between the first receiving line and the second receiving line, that is to say, there may be some points on the first receiving line. Up is also on the second receiving line.
针对位于第一接收线上但不位于第二接收线上的点(称为非重合位置),可以对波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行第一插值计算,得到该点(即非重合位置)处的回波信号,然后再与该点的波束合成的第一超声回波信号进行复合。其中,在插值计算时,可以基于该点附近的两个或若干个第二接收线上的波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行。For a point on the first receiving line but not on the second receiving line (called a non-coincident position), the first interpolation calculation can be performed on the second ultrasonic echo signal of the beam synthesis to obtain the point (that is, the non-coincident position). The echo signal at) is then combined with the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam at that point. Wherein, the interpolation calculation can be performed based on the second ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the beams on two or several second receiving lines near the point.
针对非重合位置进行复合时,同样可以通过加权求和的方式实现。针对点p,得到与k次发射一一对应的k个回波数据,表示为Echo i(p),i=1,2,…,k。其中,如果p位于第i次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线上,那么第i次发射得到的回波数据Echo i(p)是该接收线上的波束合成的回波信号。如果p不位于第i次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线上,那么第i次发射得到的回波数据Echo i(p)可以是通过对接收线上的波束合成的回波信号进行插值计算后得到的回波数据。 When compounding non-coincident positions, it can also be realized by weighted summation. For point p, k echo data corresponding to k transmissions are obtained one-to-one, expressed as Echo i (p), i=1, 2,...,k. Among them, if p is located on the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the i-th transmitted ultrasonic beam, then the echo data Echo i (p) obtained from the i-th transmission is the echo signal synthesized by the beam on the receiving line. If p is not located on the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the i-th transmitted ultrasonic beam, then the echo data Echo i (p) obtained from the i-th transmission can be an echo signal synthesized by beams on the receiving line Echo data obtained after interpolation calculation.
复合后的回波信号可以表示为:The composite echo signal can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2020139056-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020139056-appb-000002
其中,w i为权重。这样能够通过多(k)次发射的回波信号,实现对p点的图像重构,达到发射逐点聚焦的效果。 Among them, w i is the weight. In this way, through multiple (k) transmitted echo signals, the image reconstruction of point p can be realized, and the effect of focusing the transmission point by point can be achieved.
针对既在第一接收线上也在第二接收线上的点(称为重合位置),可以直接将波束合成的第一超声回波信号和波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合。For points on both the first receiving line and the second receiving line (referred to as coincidence positions), the first ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of beam synthesis can be directly combined.
针对既不在第一接收线上也不在第二接收线上的点(称为非接收线位置),可以对波束合成的第一超声回波信号和波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行第二插值计算,得到该点(即非接收线位置)处的多个插值回波信号,对多个插值回波信号进行复合得到第二复合后的超声回波信号。在第二插值 计算时,可以基于该点附近的两个或若干个接收线上的波束合成的超声回波信号进行。该第二插值计算和复合处理可以为独立的两步处理操作,即先得到多个第二插值计算结果再得到复合处理结果;该第二插值计算和复合处理也可以为集合到一起的单步操作,即直接输出非接收线位置的复合处理结果。For points that are neither on the first receiving line nor on the second receiving line (referred to as the non-receiving line position), the second ultrasonic echo signal of the beam-synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal and the second ultrasonic echo signal of the beam-synthesis can be performed. Interpolation calculation is performed to obtain multiple interpolated echo signals at the point (that is, the position of the non-receiving line), and the multiple interpolated echo signals are combined to obtain the second combined ultrasonic echo signal. In the second interpolation calculation, it can be performed based on the ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the beams on two or several receiving lines near the point. The second interpolation calculation and compound processing can be independent two-step processing operations, that is, multiple second interpolation calculation results are obtained first, and then the compound processing result is obtained; the second interpolation calculation and compound processing can also be a single step that is grouped together Operation, that is, directly output the composite processing result of the non-receiving line position.
在其中一种实施方式中,可以基于该点附近的两个或若干个第一接收线上的波束合成的第一超声回波信号进行第二插值计算,得到该点的第一插值超声回波信号,再基于该点附近的两个或若干个第二接收线上的波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行第二插值计算,得到该点的第二插值超声回波信号,然后再对第一插值超声回波信号和第二插值超声回波信号进行复合,得到该第二复合后的超声回波信号。针对非接收线位置进行复合时,同样可以通过加权求和的方式实现。In one of the embodiments, the second interpolation calculation can be performed based on the first ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the beams on the two or several first receiving lines near the point to obtain the first interpolated ultrasonic echo of the point Signal, and then perform a second interpolation calculation based on the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beams on the two or several second receiving lines near the point to obtain the second interpolated ultrasonic echo signal of the point, and then perform the second interpolation calculation on the second ultrasonic echo signal of the point. An interpolated ultrasonic echo signal and a second interpolated ultrasonic echo signal are combined to obtain the second combined ultrasonic echo signal. When compounding the position of the non-receiving line, it can also be realized by weighted summation.
在其中一种实施方式中,可以基于该点附近的两个或若干个第一接收线和两个或若干个第二接收线上的超声回波信号进行第二插值计算和复合处理,直接得到第二复合后的超声回波信号。In one of the embodiments, the second interpolation calculation and composite processing can be performed based on the ultrasonic echo signals on two or more first receiving lines and two or more second receiving lines near the point to directly obtain The second composite ultrasonic echo signal.
由此可见,本发明实施例确定超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,使焦区的线密度大于近场的线密度且大于远场的线密度,这样能够保证在焦区的采样频率更高,进而在进行复合时保证波束合成的效率。It can be seen that the embodiment of the present invention determines the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam, so that the linear density of the focal area is greater than the linear density of the near field and greater than the linear density of the far field, which can ensure that the sampling frequency in the focal area is higher. High, thus ensuring the efficiency of beam synthesis when performing compounding.
基于上述实施例的超声成像系统,图10是本发明实施例的超声成像方法的一个示意性流程图。图10所示的方法包括:Based on the ultrasound imaging system of the foregoing embodiment, FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method shown in Figure 10 includes:
S210,向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束;S210: Transmit multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object;
S220,接收多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号;S220: Receive multiple ultrasonic echoes of ultrasonic beams to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals;
S230,确定多次发射中每一次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,接收线包括若干个接收段或者至少部分的接收线为曲线;S230: Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of the multiple transmissions, where the receiving line includes several receiving sections or at least part of the receiving line is a curve;
S240,对接收线的多个超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。S240: Process multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line to obtain an ultrasonic image.
示例性地,接收线所在的区域可以与声场能量范围匹配。具体地,第一次发射的第一超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线与第一超声波束的声场能量范围匹配;第二次发射的第二超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线与第二超声波束的声场能量范围匹配;…。Exemplarily, the area where the receiving line is located can match the energy range of the sound field. Specifically, the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam emitted for the first time matches the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam; the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam emitted for the second time matches the first ultrasonic beam. The sound field energy range of the two ultrasonic beams matches;....
示例性地,接收线的线密度沿声场能量范围的深度方向变化,从近场到焦区线密度先由小变大,从焦区到远场线密度再由大变小。也就是说,在声 场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在声场能量范围的近场处的接收线的线密度,且焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在声场能量范围的远场处的接收线的线密度。Exemplarily, the linear density of the receiving line changes along the depth direction of the sound field energy range, from the near field to the focal area, the linear density first changes from small to greater, and from the focal area to the far field, the linear density then changes from greater to smaller. That is to say, the linear density of the receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the receiving line at the focal area is greater than that in the sound field energy range. The linear density of the receiving line in the far field.
作为一种实现方式,接收线包括离散的若干个接收段。As an implementation manner, the receiving line includes several discrete receiving segments.
示例性地,声场能量范围包括沿深度方向划分的多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔成正相关。或者,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与该深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔的比值等于预设值。参照图5,以深度段16为例,深度段16所在的声场能量范围的宽度可以为L,深度段16中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔可以为L/9,两者的比值等于预设值1/9。Exemplarily, the sound field energy range includes multiple depth sections divided along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is two adjacent to each other in the depth section. The interval between receiving segments is positively correlated. Or, the ratio of the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located to the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section is equal to the preset value. 5, taking the depth section 16 as an example, the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 16 is located may be L, the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section 16 may be L/9, and the ratio of the two is equal to The default value is 1/9.
其中,将声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,包括:将深度方向上声场能量范围的宽度相差不大于预设阈值的声场能量范围划分为同一深度段。也就是说,对于一个深度段来说,声场能量范围的宽度的最大值与最小值之间的差值小于预设阈值。结合图5,假设预设阈值可以表示为δ。以图5最下的深度段16为例,假设深度段16中声场能量范围的宽度的最大值为L,那么深度段16中声场能量范围的宽度的最小值应该不小于L-δ。Wherein, dividing the sound field energy range into multiple depth sections along the depth direction includes: dividing the sound field energy range in the depth direction whose widths of the sound field energy range are not greater than a preset threshold into the same depth section. That is to say, for a depth segment, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range is smaller than the preset threshold. With reference to Figure 5, it is assumed that the preset threshold can be expressed as δ. Taking the lowest depth section 16 in FIG. 5 as an example, assuming that the maximum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 is L, then the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 should not be less than L-δ.
其中,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为该深度段的任一深度位置的声场能量范围的宽度;或者,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为该深度段的中心位置处的声场能量范围的宽度。例如,参照图5,深度段16所在的声场能量范围的宽度可以为其中心的宽度。或者,其中,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为该深度段的任一深度位置的声场能量范围的宽度。例如,依然参照图5,深度段6所在的声场能量范围的宽度可以为对应深度段的任一深度位置的声场能量范围的宽度。Wherein, the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section; or, the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the center position of the depth section The width of the sound field energy range. For example, referring to FIG. 5, the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 16 is located may be the width of the center thereof. Or, where the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section. For example, still referring to FIG. 5, the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 6 is located may be the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the corresponding depth section.
示例性地,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量可以相等,也可以不等;或者,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量不等时,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量之差可小于阈值。结合图5,16个深度段中的每个深度段包含8个接收段。或者,可理解,某个深度段可以包括N1个接收段,另一深度段可以包括N2个接收段,且N1与N2之差的绝对值小于阈值(例如等于1或2或其他值)。Exemplarily, the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments may be equal or unequal; or, when the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is not equal, the difference in the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments Can be less than the threshold. With reference to Figure 5, each of the 16 depth segments contains 8 receiving segments. Or, it can be understood that a certain depth segment may include N1 receiving segments, another depth segment may include N2 receiving segments, and the absolute value of the difference between N1 and N2 is less than a threshold (for example, equal to 1 or 2 or other values).
示例性地,一个深度段内的每两个相邻的接收段之间的间隔都相等。也就是说,在一个深度段中,可以均匀地确定接收段。Exemplarily, the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in a depth section is equal. In other words, in a depth section, the receiving section can be uniformly determined.
示例性地,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量相等时,声场能量范围内的接收线可以视为包括多个接收线,每个接收线包括各个深度段内的一个接收段。此时,一个接收线所包括的相邻的两个接收段在声场能量范围的横向方向上相错开。或者换句话说,一个第一接收线所包括的相邻的两个接收段在发射方向的正交方向上相错开。Exemplarily, when the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is equal, the receiving lines within the sound field energy range can be regarded as including multiple receiving lines, and each receiving line includes one receiving segment in each depth segment. At this time, two adjacent receiving segments included in one receiving line are staggered in the lateral direction of the sound field energy range. Or in other words, two adjacent receiving segments included in a first receiving line are staggered in the orthogonal direction of the transmitting direction.
示例性地,S210中所发射的多次超声波束的波束移动方向可以与发射方向垂直。Exemplarily, the beam movement direction of the multiple ultrasonic beams transmitted in S210 may be perpendicular to the transmission direction.
示例性地,每一个深度段内的接收段的方向与多次超声波束的波束移动方向成第二预设角度。其中,第二预设角度可以等于90度。Exemplarily, the direction of the receiving section in each depth section and the beam movement direction of the multiple ultrasonic beams form a second preset angle. Wherein, the second preset angle may be equal to 90 degrees.
假设多次超声波束包括第一超声波束、第二超声波束和第三超声波束。参照图8,第一超声波束移动到第二超声波束再到第三超声波束的波束移动方向为水平方向(如从左到右的水平方向),而接收段的方向为竖直方向,两者是垂直的。参照图9,第一超声波束移动到第二超声波束再到第三超声波束的波束移动方向为圆弧方向(如绕M点的旋转方向,或者理解为深度段的切线方向),而接收段的方向为朝向M的方向,两者是垂直的。It is assumed that the multiple ultrasonic beams include a first ultrasonic beam, a second ultrasonic beam, and a third ultrasonic beam. Referring to Figure 8, the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam and then to the third ultrasonic beam is the horizontal direction (such as the horizontal direction from left to right), and the direction of the receiving section is the vertical direction. It is vertical. 9, the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam and then to the third ultrasonic beam is the arc direction (such as the direction of rotation around the M point, or understood as the tangent direction of the depth section), and the receiving section The direction of is toward the direction of M, and the two are perpendicular.
作为另一种实现方式,接收线包括曲线。示例性地,至少部分的接收线为曲线时,该曲线为在声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的凹形曲线。作为一个示例,如图7所示。可选地,在声场能量范围的中心轴处的接收线的曲率最小。如图7中所示的在声场能量范围的中心轴处的接收线4的曲率最小,等于0。As another implementation, the receiving line includes a curve. Exemplarily, when at least part of the receiving line is a curve, the curve is a concave curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range. As an example, as shown in Figure 7. Optionally, the curvature of the receiving line at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the smallest. The curvature of the receiving line 4 at the center axis of the sound field energy range as shown in FIG. 7 is the smallest, which is equal to zero.
示例性地,至少部分的接收线为曲线时,该曲线包括在声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的以下线条类型的至少一种:平滑曲线、折线、折线与平滑曲线的组合、直线与折线的组合、直线与平滑曲线的组合、或直线与平滑曲线和折线的组合。举例来说,从近场到焦区为竖直向下的直线,从焦区到远场为平滑曲线或者为如图5中深度段6-16的接收段;再举例来说,从近场到焦区为如图5中深度段1-6的接收段,从焦区到远场为直线或者平滑曲线;等等。Exemplarily, when at least part of the receiving line is a curve, the curve includes at least one of the following line types extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range: a smooth curve, a polyline, a combination of a polyline and a smooth curve, a straight line and a polyline Combination, a combination of a straight line and a smooth curve, or a combination of a straight line and a smooth curve and a polyline. For example, from the near field to the focal area is a straight line down, and from the focal area to the far field is a smooth curve or the receiving section of the depth section 6-16 in Figure 5; for another example, from the near field To the focal zone is the receiving zone of the depth zone 1-6 in Fig. 5, and from the focal zone to the far field is a straight line or a smooth curve; and so on.
基于上述实施例的超声成像系统,图11是本发明实施例的超声成像方 法的一个示意性流程图。图11所示的方法包括:Based on the ultrasound imaging system of the foregoing embodiment, Fig. 11 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method of the embodiment of the present invention. The method shown in Figure 11 includes:
S310,控制超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束;S310, controlling the ultrasound probe to emit multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object;
S320,控制超声探头接收多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号;S320, controlling the ultrasonic probe to receive the ultrasonic echoes of multiple ultrasonic beams to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals;
S330,确定多次发射中每一次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,接收线在声场能量范围的深度方向上具有变化的线密度;S330: Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of the multiple transmissions, where the receiving line has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range;
S340,对多次发射的接收线的多个超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;S340: Compounding multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line transmitted multiple times to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal;
S350,对复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。S350, processing the composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain an ultrasonic image.
示例性地,接收线所在的区域与声场能量范围匹配。这样,接收线能够将发射声场能量范围进行有效地覆盖,从而能够极大地提高波束合成的效率。具体地,第一次发射的第一超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线与第一超声波束的声场能量范围匹配;第二次发射的第二超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线与第二超声波束的声场能量范围匹配;…。Exemplarily, the area where the receiving line is located matches the energy range of the sound field. In this way, the receiving line can effectively cover the energy range of the transmitted sound field, thereby greatly improving the efficiency of beam synthesis. Specifically, the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam emitted for the first time matches the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam; the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam emitted for the second time matches the first ultrasonic beam. The sound field energy range of the two ultrasonic beams matches;....
其中,S330中接收线在声场能量范围的深度方向上具有变化的线密度可以理解为,在声场能量范围的深度方向上,至少存在两个不同的深度位置处的线密度是不同的。示例性地,声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度大于声场能量范围的近场处的接收线的线密度,且焦区处的接收线的线密度大于声场能量范围的远场处的接收线的线密度。Wherein, the receiving line in S330 has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range can be understood to mean that in the depth direction of the sound field energy range, there are at least two different depth positions where the linear density is different. Exemplarily, the linear density of the receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the receiving line at the focal area is greater than the far field of the sound field energy range The linear density of the receiving line.
在其中一种实现方式中,沿着声场能量范围的深度方向,从近场到焦区线密度由小变大,从焦区到远场线密度由大变小。In one of the implementation manners, along the depth direction of the energy range of the sound field, the linear density from the near field to the focal area increases from small to large, and the linear density from the focal area to the far field decreases from large to small.
在其中一种实现方式中,可以将声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,第一子段的接收线沿深度方向具有一致的线密度,第二子段的接收线在深度方向上具有变化的线密度。其中,第二子段的接收线可以是若干接收段或者是曲线,如下述结合图5至图7的实施例所述。In one of the implementations, the sound field energy range can be divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction. The receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform linear density along the depth direction, and the second sub-segment The receiving line has a varying line density in the depth direction. Wherein, the receiving line of the second sub-segment can be several receiving segments or a curve, as described in the following embodiments in conjunction with FIG. 5 to FIG. 7.
示例性地,作为一例,超声成像系统采用线阵的扫描方式时,超声波束的发射扫描线与阵元的排列平面垂直,此时第一子段可对应声场能量范围的近场,且近场的接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段可对应声场能量范围的焦区和远场,且焦区的接收线的线密度大于远场的接收线的线密度。可选地,沿着深度方向,从焦区到远场线密度由大变小。Illustratively, as an example, when the ultrasound imaging system adopts a linear array scanning mode, the emission scan line of the ultrasound beam is perpendicular to the array element arrangement plane. At this time, the first sub-segment can correspond to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the near field The receiving line of has a uniform line density; the second sub-segment can correspond to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line of the focal zone is greater than the line density of the receiving line of the far field. Optionally, along the depth direction, the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small.
示例性地,作为另一例,超声成像系统采用相控阵或凸阵的扫描方式时,超声波束源自阵元的排列平面上的同一波束起点,此时第一子段可对应声场能量范围的远场,且远场的接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段可对应声场能量范围的近场和焦区,且焦区的接收线的线密度大于近场的接收线的线密度。可选地,沿着深度方向,从近场到焦区线密度由小变大。Illustratively, as another example, when the ultrasound imaging system adopts a phased array or convex array scanning mode, the ultrasound beam originates from the same beam starting point on the array plane of the array elements. At this time, the first sub-segment can correspond to the energy range of the sound field. The far field, and the receiving line of the far field has a uniform line density; the second sub-segment can correspond to the near field and the focal zone of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line of the focal zone is greater than the line density of the receiving line of the near field. Optionally, along the depth direction, the linear density from the near field to the focal zone changes from small to large.
作为一种实现方式,接收线可以包括不同深度段的若干个接收段。As an implementation manner, the receiving line may include several receiving sections of different depth sections.
示例性地,S330中,可以将声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与该深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔的比值等于预设值。Exemplarily, in S330, the sound field energy range can be divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is equal to the depth The ratio of the interval between two adjacent receiving segments in the segment is equal to the preset value.
或者,示例性地,S330中,可以将声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与该深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔正相关。Or, for example, in S330, the sound field energy range may be divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is equal to The interval between two adjacent receiving sections in this depth section is positively correlated.
作为一例,参照图5,其中虚线示出了声场能量范围,并且沿着深度范围被划分为16个深度段,如图5中的右侧从上到下依次示出的深度段1至16。并且每个深度段包括多个接收段,例如,在图5中的下方示出了深度段16中包括8个接收段,分别标记为1至8。As an example, refer to FIG. 5, where the dashed line shows the sound field energy range and is divided into 16 depth segments along the depth range, such as the depth segments 1 to 16 shown in order from top to bottom on the right side in FIG. 5. And each depth segment includes multiple receiving segments. For example, the lower part of FIG. 5 shows that the depth segment 16 includes 8 receiving segments, which are marked as 1 to 8 respectively.
作为另一例,参照图6,其中虚线示出了声场能量范围,并且沿着深度范围被划分为多个深度段,但是为了简化示意,图6中仅示出了非相邻的3个深度段,分别为深度段a、b和c,本领域技术人员很容易得到未示出的其他的深度段。As another example, refer to FIG. 6, where the dashed line shows the sound field energy range and is divided into multiple depth segments along the depth range. However, to simplify the illustration, only 3 non-adjacent depth segments are shown in FIG. , Are depth sections a, b, and c, and those skilled in the art can easily obtain other depth sections that are not shown.
示例性地,在划分深度段时,可以将深度方向上声场能量范围的宽度相差不大于预设阈值的声场能量范围划分为同一深度段。也就是说,对于一个深度段来说,声场能量范围的宽度的最大值与最小值之间的差值小于预设阈值。结合图5,假设预设阈值可以表示为δ。以图5最下的深度段16为例,假设深度段16中声场能量范围的宽度的最大值为L,那么深度段16中声场能量范围的宽度的最小值应该不小于L-δ。Exemplarily, when dividing the depth segments, the sound field energy ranges in the depth direction whose widths of the sound field energy range differ by no more than a preset threshold may be divided into the same depth segment. That is to say, for a depth segment, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range is smaller than the preset threshold. With reference to Figure 5, it is assumed that the preset threshold can be expressed as δ. Taking the lowest depth section 16 in FIG. 5 as an example, assuming that the maximum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 is L, then the minimum value of the width of the sound field energy range in the depth section 16 should not be less than L-δ.
示例性地,在划分深度段时,可以沿着深度方向将声场能量范围均匀地划分为多个深度段。也就是说,不同深度段的深度范围可以是相等的。结合图5,假设声场能量范围的深度范围为H,若划分为16个深度段,那么每个深度段的深度范围均为H/16。示例性地,在划分深度段时,可以沿着深度方 向将声场能量范围不均匀地划分为多个深度段。也就是说,至少部分不同深度段的深度范围可以是不相等的。例如,焦区的深度段的深度范围大于近场(或远场)的深度段的深度范围。示例性地,在划分深度段时,也可以考虑其他的准则,和/或以其他的参数作为划分依据,这里不再一一罗列。Exemplarily, when dividing the depth section, the sound field energy range may be uniformly divided into a plurality of depth sections along the depth direction. In other words, the depth ranges of different depth segments can be equal. With reference to Figure 5, suppose the depth range of the sound field energy range is H. If it is divided into 16 depth sections, then the depth range of each depth section is H/16. Exemplarily, when dividing the depth section, the sound field energy range may be unevenly divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction. In other words, the depth ranges of at least some of the different depth segments may be unequal. For example, the depth range of the depth section of the focal zone is larger than the depth range of the depth section of the near field (or far field). Exemplarily, when dividing the depth segment, other criteria may also be considered, and/or other parameters may be used as the dividing basis, which will not be listed here.
其中,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为该深度段的中心位置处的声场能量范围的宽度。例如,参照图5,深度段16所在的声场能量范围的宽度可以为其中心的深度位置下的宽度。或者,其中,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为该深度段的任一深度位置的声场能量范围的宽度。例如,依然参照图5,深度段6所在的声场能量范围的宽度可以为该深度段内任意深度位置的声场能量范围的宽度。Wherein, the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at the center position of the depth section. For example, referring to FIG. 5, the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 16 is located may be the width at the depth position of the center thereof. Or, where the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section. For example, still referring to FIG. 5, the width of the sound field energy range where the depth section 6 is located may be the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position within the depth section.
另外,从图5可以看出,从近场到焦区,如从深度段1至深度段6,线密度由小到大,即相邻两个接收段之间的间隔由大到小。从焦区到远场,如从深度段6至深度段16,线密度由大到小,即相邻两个接收段之间的间隔由小到大。类似地,从图6也可以看出,从近场到焦区,如从深度段a至深度段b,线密度由小到大,即相邻两个接收段之间的间隔由大到小。从焦区到远场,如从深度段b至深度段c,线密度由大到小,即相邻两个接收段之间的间隔由小到大。In addition, it can be seen from Figure 5 that from the near field to the focal zone, such as from the depth section 1 to the depth section 6, the linear density increases from small to large, that is, the interval between two adjacent receiving sections increases from large to small. From the focal zone to the far field, such as from the depth section 6 to the depth section 16, the linear density is from large to small, that is, the interval between two adjacent receiving sections is from small to large. Similarly, it can be seen from Figure 6 that from the near field to the focal zone, such as from the depth section a to the depth section b, the linear density increases from small to large, that is, the interval between two adjacent receiving sections increases from large to small . From the focal zone to the far field, such as from the depth section b to the depth section c, the linear density increases from large to small, that is, the interval between two adjacent receiving sections increases from small to large.
应当注意的是,尽管图5中一个深度段中的多个接收段是均匀的,也就是说一个深度内的每两个相邻接收段之间的间隔相等。但是本发明对此不限定,例如,可以是不均匀的,不同的相邻两个接收段之间的间隔可以不相等。It should be noted that although the multiple receiving sections in one depth section in FIG. 5 are uniform, that is to say, the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in one depth is equal. However, the present invention is not limited to this, for example, it may be uneven, and the interval between two different adjacent receiving sections may not be equal.
另外应当注意的是,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量可以相等,如图5中16个深度段中的每个深度段包含8个接收段。或者,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量也可以不相等,示例性地,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量之差小于阈值。例如,假设阈值为N(例如等于1或2或其他值),那么任意两个深度段中的接收段的数量之差都小于N。In addition, it should be noted that the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments can be equal, for example, each of the 16 depth segments in FIG. 5 includes 8 receiving segments. Alternatively, the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments may not be equal. For example, the difference in the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold. For example, assuming that the threshold is N (for example, equal to 1 or 2 or other values), then the difference between the number of receiving segments in any two depth segments is less than N.
可选地,一个深度段所包括的若干个接收段之间可以是彼此平行的。示例性地,每个接收段的方向与第一超声波束的发射方向成第一预设角度,或者说,每个接收段的方向与第一超声波束的发射方向之间的夹角小于误差角度。例如,图5中发射方向是竖直朝下的,那么接收段的方向可以是竖直朝上的,两者都是竖直的,第一预设角度可以为0度,并且小于误差角度(例 如为2度或其他值);或者,可选地,发射方向是竖直朝下的,接收段的方向与竖直方向之间具有一定的夹角,如1度,即第一预设角度可以为1度,并且小于误差角度(例如为2度或其他值)。Optionally, several receiving sections included in one depth section may be parallel to each other. Exemplarily, the direction of each receiving section and the transmitting direction of the first ultrasonic beam form a first preset angle, or in other words, the angle between the direction of each receiving section and the transmitting direction of the first ultrasonic beam is less than the error angle . For example, in Figure 5, the transmitting direction is vertically downward, and the direction of the receiving section may be vertically upward, and both are vertical. The first preset angle may be 0 degrees and less than the error angle ( For example, 2 degrees or other values); or, optionally, the transmitting direction is vertically downward, and there is a certain angle between the direction of the receiving section and the vertical direction, such as 1 degree, that is, the first preset angle It can be 1 degree and smaller than the error angle (for example, 2 degrees or other values).
可选地,一个深度段所包括的若干个接收段之间可以是相交于一点的。示例性地,每个接收段在与第一超声波束的发射方向相反方向上的延长线相交于一点。例如,图6中,深度段a内的六个带箭头的接收段向上的延长线相交于点M。Optionally, several receiving segments included in one depth segment may intersect at one point. Exemplarily, each receiving section intersects at a point with an extension line in a direction opposite to the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam. For example, in FIG. 6, the upward extension lines of the six receiving segments with arrows in the depth segment a intersect at the point M.
示例性地,每一个深度段内的接收段的方向与多次超声波束的波束移动方向成第二预设角度。其中,第二预设角度可以等于90度。Exemplarily, the direction of the receiving section in each depth section and the beam movement direction of the multiple ultrasonic beams form a second preset angle. Wherein, the second preset angle may be equal to 90 degrees.
假设多次超声波束包括第一超声波束、第二超声波束和第三超声波束。参照图8,第一超声波束移动到第二超声波束再到第三超声波束的波束移动方向为水平方向(如从左到右的水平方向),而接收段的方向为竖直方向,两者是垂直的。参照图9,第一超声波束移动到第二超声波束再到第三超声波束的波束移动方向为圆弧方向(如绕M点的旋转方向,或者理解为深度段的切线方向),而接收段的方向为朝向M的方向,两者是垂直的。It is assumed that the multiple ultrasonic beams include a first ultrasonic beam, a second ultrasonic beam, and a third ultrasonic beam. Referring to Figure 8, the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam and then to the third ultrasonic beam is the horizontal direction (such as the horizontal direction from left to right), and the direction of the receiving section is the vertical direction. It is vertical. 9, the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam to the second ultrasonic beam and then to the third ultrasonic beam is the arc direction (such as the direction of rotation around the M point, or understood as the tangent direction of the depth section), and the receiving section The direction of is toward the direction of M, and the two are perpendicular.
示例性地,在一种实施方式中,在多次发射的超声波束的重合的声场能量范围内,形成该重合声场能量范围的各次发射对应的接收线的位置重合。如图8所示,q点位于第一超声波束和第二超声波束重合的声场能量范围内,该重合范围内第一接收线与第二接收线重合,q既位于第一接收线,也位于第二接收线上,但因为q点并位于第三超声波束的声场范围内,因此q不在第三接收线上;p点位于第一超声波束、第二超声波束和第三超声波束重合的声场能量范围内,该重合范围内第一接收线、第二接收线和第三接收线重合,p则位于第一接收线、第二接收线和第三接收线上。Exemplarily, in one embodiment, within the overlapping sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beams emitted multiple times, the positions of the receiving lines corresponding to each emission that form the overlapping sound field energy range overlap. As shown in Figure 8, point q is located within the sound field energy range where the first ultrasonic beam and the second ultrasonic beam overlap. Within the overlap range, the first receiving line and the second receiving line overlap, and q is located at both the first receiving line and the second receiving line. On the second receiving line, but because point q is located in the sound field range of the third ultrasonic beam, q is not on the third receiving line; point p is located on the sound field where the first ultrasonic beam, the second ultrasonic beam and the third ultrasonic beam coincide Within the energy range, the first receiving line, the second receiving line, and the third receiving line overlap within the overlapping range, and p is located on the first receiving line, the second receiving line, and the third receiving line.
进一步地,进行复合的位置为重合的声场能量范围内接收线的重合位置。相应地,S340可以包括:根据重合位置的接收线对各次发射对应的超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到多个波束合成的超声回波信号;以及对多个波束合成的超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合的超声回波信号。结合图8,其中p既在第一接收线上,也在第二接收线和第三接收线上。那么在p点处进行复合,可以得到该点处复合后的超声回波信号。结合图9,其中p既在第一接收线上,也在第二接收线和第三接收线上。那么在p点处进行复合,可 以得到该点处复合后的超声回波信号。具体的复合方式可以参考前面描述的加权求和的方式,在此不再重复描述。Further, the position where the composite is performed is the coincident position of the receiving line within the energy range of the coincident sound field. Correspondingly, S340 may include: performing beam synthesis processing on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to each transmission according to the receiving line at the coincident position to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal of multiple beam synthesis; and the ultrasonic echo signal of the multiple beam synthesis Perform compounding to obtain a compound ultrasonic echo signal. With reference to Figure 8, where p is on both the first receiving line, the second receiving line and the third receiving line. Then the composite is performed at point p, and the composite ultrasonic echo signal at this point can be obtained. With reference to Figure 9, where p is on both the first receiving line, the second receiving line and the third receiving line. Then the composite is performed at point p, and the composite ultrasonic echo signal at this point can be obtained. The specific compounding method can refer to the weighted sum method described above, and the description will not be repeated here.
作为另一种实现方式,接收线可以包括曲线,或者,接收线的至少部分为曲线。本发明实施例中,接收线包括曲线是指,该接收线的至少一段的曲率不等于0。示例性地,接收线可以为连续的平滑曲线、或者折线段、或者两者的组合等。其中,平滑曲线是指曲率连续的曲线。As another implementation manner, the receiving line may include a curve, or at least part of the receiving line is a curve. In the embodiment of the present invention, that the receiving line includes a curve means that the curvature of at least one segment of the receiving line is not equal to zero. Exemplarily, the receiving line may be a continuous smooth curve, or a broken line segment, or a combination of the two, or the like. Among them, a smooth curve refers to a curve with continuous curvature.
作为一例,接收线可以为在声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的凹形曲线。可选地,位于声场能量范围的中心轴处的接收线的曲率最小,例如中心轴处的接收线的曲率等于0。如图7所示,示出了7条接收线,且每一个接收线都沿着深度方向延伸。在图7中,以序号1至7分别标记出7个接收线,其中,位于声场能量范围的中心轴处的接收线为接收线4,其曲率最小。具体地,接收线从1到4,曲率由大变小,接收线从4到7,曲率由小变大。As an example, the receiving line may be a concave curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range. Optionally, the curvature of the receiving line at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the smallest, for example, the curvature of the receiving line at the central axis is equal to zero. As shown in FIG. 7, 7 receiving lines are shown, and each receiving line extends along the depth direction. In FIG. 7, 7 receiving lines are marked with serial numbers 1 to 7 respectively. Among them, the receiving line located at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the receiving line 4 with the smallest curvature. Specifically, the receiving line is from 1 to 4, and the curvature is changed from large to small, and the receiving line is from 4 to 7, and the curvature is from small to large.
作为另一例,接收线可以包括在声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的以下线条类型的至少一种:平滑曲线、折线、折线与平滑曲线的组合、直线与折线的组合、直线与平滑曲线的组合、或直线与平滑曲线和折线的组合。As another example, the receiving line may include at least one of the following line types extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range: a smooth curve, a polyline, a combination of a polyline and a smooth curve, a combination of a straight line and a polyline, a combination of a straight line and a smooth curve , Or the combination of straight line, smooth curve and polyline.
举例来说,从近场到焦区为竖直向下的直线,从焦区到远场为平滑曲线或者为如图5中所示的接收段。举例来说,从近场到焦区为如图6中所示的接收段,从焦区到远场为直线或者平滑曲线。等等。For example, the straight line from the near field to the focal zone is a straight line downward, and the curve from the focal zone to the far field is a smooth curve or the receiving section as shown in FIG. 5. For example, from the near field to the focal zone is the receiving section as shown in FIG. 6, and from the focal zone to the far field is a straight line or a smooth curve. and many more.
作为另一种实现方式,超声波束的声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,相应地,接收线包括第一子段接收线和第二子段接收线,第一子段接收线为直线接收线,第二子段接收线为曲线或者包括若干个接收段。As another implementation manner, the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction. Correspondingly, the receiving line includes the first sub-segment receiving line and the second sub-segment receiving line, The first sub-segment receiving line is a straight receiving line, and the second sub-segment receiving line is a curve or includes several receiving segments.
示例性地,作为一例,超声波束的发射扫描线与阵元的排列平面垂直,此时第一子段对应声场能量范围的近场,且近场的接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段对应声场能量范围的焦区和远场,且焦区的接收线的线密度大于远场的第一接收线的线密度。可选地,沿着深度方向,从焦区到远场线密度由大变小。Illustratively, as an example, the emission scan line of the ultrasonic beam is perpendicular to the array element arrangement plane, at this time the first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the near field has a uniform line density; The segment corresponds to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the receiving line in the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line in the far field. Optionally, along the depth direction, the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small.
示例性地,作为另一例,超声波束源自阵元的排列平面上或阵元平面后方的同一波束起点,此时第一子段对应声场能量范围的远场,且远场的接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段对应声场能量范围的近场和焦区,且焦区的 接收线的线密度大于近场的接收线的线密度。可选地,沿着深度方向,从近场到焦区线密度由小变大。Illustratively, as another example, the ultrasonic beam originates from the same beam starting point on the array plane of the array element or behind the array element plane. At this time, the first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the far field has a consistent The line density of the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and focal zone of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line in the focal zone is greater than the line density of the receiving line in the near field. Optionally, along the depth direction, the linear density from the near field to the focal zone changes from small to large.
示例性地,接收线为曲线时,或同一深度段的接收段之间的间隔不完全相等时,在多次发射的超声波束的重合的声场能量范围内,形成该重合声场能量范围的各次发射对应的接收线的位置至多部分重合。Exemplarily, when the receiving line is a curve, or when the intervals between the receiving sections of the same depth section are not completely equal, within the overlapping sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beams emitted multiple times, each time of the overlapping sound field energy range is formed The position of the receiving line corresponding to the emission coincides at most.
进一步地,进行复合的位置可以包括重合的声场能量范围内接收线的非重合位置,非重合位置为多次发射对应的部分接收线重合的位置或单个接收线的位置。相应地,S340可以包括:根据多次发射的一次或多次发射对应的超声回波信号进行第一插值计算,得到非重合位置的插值回波信号;以及基于非重合位置的插值回波信号和非重合位置的接收线的超声回波信号进行复合,得到第一复合的超声回波信号。在非重合位置进行复合的方法同样可以采用加权求和的方法,在此不再重复描述。Further, the position for compounding may include a non-coincident position of the receiving line within the energy range of the overlapping sound field, and the non-coincident position is a position where a part of the receiving line corresponding to multiple transmissions overlaps or the position of a single receiving line. Correspondingly, S340 may include: performing a first interpolation calculation based on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to one or multiple transmissions of the multiple transmissions to obtain the interpolated echo signal of the non-coincident position; and the interpolated echo signal based on the non-coincident position and The ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving lines in the non-coincident position are combined to obtain the first composite ultrasonic echo signal. The method of compounding in non-coincident positions can also adopt the method of weighted summation, and the description will not be repeated here.
其中,根据多次发射的一次或多次发射对应的超声回波信号进行第一插值计算,包括:对多次发射的一次或多次发射对应的超声回波信号进行信号处理,得到带相位信息的超声回波信号,并基于带相位信息的超声回波信号进行第一插值计算。这里的信号处理可以包括以下的一个或多个处理环节:波束合成和正交解调。Among them, the first interpolation calculation is performed based on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to one or multiple transmissions of multiple transmissions, including: signal processing of the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to one or multiple transmissions of multiple transmissions to obtain phase information And perform the first interpolation calculation based on the ultrasonic echo signal with phase information. The signal processing here may include one or more of the following processing links: beam synthesis and quadrature demodulation.
进一步地,进行复合的位置还可以包括重合的声场能量范围内的非接收线位置,非接收线位置为重合的声场能量范围内非位于多次发射对应的任一接收线上的位置。相应地,S340可以包括:根据多次发射的每次发射对应的超声回波信号进行第二插值计算,得到非接收线位置的多个插值回波信号;对多个插值回波信号进行复合,得到第二复合的超声回波信号。该第二插值计算和复合处理可以为独立的两步处理操作,即先得到多个插值计算结果再得到复合处理结果;该第二插值计算和复合处理也可以为集合到一起的单步操作,即直接输出非接收线位置的复合处理结果。Further, the position for compounding may also include a non-receiving line position within the overlapping sound field energy range, where the non-receiving line position is a position within the overlapping sound field energy range that is not located on any receiving line corresponding to multiple transmissions. Correspondingly, S340 may include: performing a second interpolation calculation according to the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to each transmission of the multiple transmissions to obtain multiple interpolated echo signals at the position of the non-receiving line; compounding the multiple interpolated echo signals, Obtain the second composite ultrasonic echo signal. The second interpolation calculation and compound processing may be independent two-step processing operations, that is, multiple interpolation calculation results are obtained first, and then the compound processing result is obtained; the second interpolation calculation and compound processing may also be a single-step operation combined together, That is, the composite processing result of the non-receiving line position is directly output.
在其中一种实施方式中,可以基于非接收线位置上的某一点附近的对应每次发射的两个或若干个接收线上的带相位信息的超声回波信号进行第二插值计算,得到该点的多个插值超声回波信号,然后再对多个插值超声回波信号进行复合,得到该第二复合的超声回波信号。针对非接收线位置进行复合时,同样可以通过加权求和的方式实现。In one of the implementations, the second interpolation calculation can be performed based on the ultrasonic echo signals with phase information on two or several receiving lines corresponding to each transmission near a certain point on the non-receiving line position to obtain the The multiple interpolated ultrasonic echo signals of the point, and then the multiple interpolated ultrasonic echo signals are composited to obtain the second composite ultrasonic echo signal. When compounding the position of the non-receiving line, it can also be realized by weighted summation.
在其中一种实施方式中,可以基于非接收线位置上某一点附近的对应每次发射的两个或若干个接收线上的带相位信息的超声回波信号进行第二插值计算和复合处理,直接得到第二复合的超声回波信号。In one of the embodiments, the second interpolation calculation and composite processing can be performed based on the ultrasonic echo signals with phase information on two or several receiving lines corresponding to each transmission near a certain point on the non-receiving line position, The second composite ultrasonic echo signal is directly obtained.
进一步地,进行复合的位置还可以包括重合的声场能量范围内接收线的重合位置,重合位置为形成该重合声场能量范围的各次发射对应的接收线所重合的位置。相应地,S340还可以包括:根据重合位置的接收线的超声回波信号进行复合,得到第二复合的超声回波信号。Further, the position for compounding may also include the overlapping position of the receiving line within the energy range of the overlapping sound field, and the overlapping position is the position where the receiving line corresponding to each emission forming the overlapping sound field energy range overlaps. Correspondingly, S340 may further include: performing composite according to the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving lines at the coincident position to obtain a second composite ultrasonic echo signal.
参照图7,各个接收线的曲率可以是不同的,因此可以理解,针对不同次发射的超声波束的接收线不是完全重合的。以三次发射为例,位于第一次发射的声场能量范围内的第一接收线上的第一采样点可能位于第二次发射的声场能量范围内的第二接收线上、但不位于第三次发射的声场能量范围内的第三接收线上,位于第一接收线上的第二采样点可能既不位于第二接收线上、也不位于第三接收线上,第三采样点可能没有位于第一接收线、第二接收线和第三接收线的任何一个接收线上。第一采样点和第二采样点均为重合的声场能量范围内的非重合位置,第三采样点为重合的声场能量范围内的非接收线位置。当然,不同的接收线可能会存在交点。Referring to FIG. 7, the curvature of each receiving line may be different. Therefore, it can be understood that the receiving lines of ultrasonic beams transmitted for different times are not completely coincident. Taking three transmissions as an example, the first sampling point on the first receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first transmission may be located on the second receiving line within the sound field energy range of the second transmission, but not on the third receiving line. On the third receiving line within the energy range of the sound field of the second emission, the second sampling point on the first receiving line may be neither on the second receiving line nor on the third receiving line, and the third sampling point may not be It is located on any one of the first receiving line, the second receiving line, and the third receiving line. The first sampling point and the second sampling point are both non-coincident positions within the overlapping sound field energy range, and the third sampling point is the non-receiving line position within the overlapping sound field energy range. Of course, different receiving lines may have intersections.
针对第一采样点这一非重合位置进行复合时,由于第一采样点不位于第三接收线,第一采样点对应缺少第三次发射得到的回波数据,此时可基于第三次发射得到的其他位置的回波数据进行第一插值计算,得到第一采样点处的插值回波信号。例如,可以取第一采样点周围的多条第三接收线上的数据进行第一插值计算。When compounding is performed for the non-coincident position of the first sampling point, since the first sampling point is not located on the third receiving line, the first sampling point corresponds to the lack of echo data obtained from the third transmission. In this case, it can be based on the third transmission. The obtained echo data at other positions is subjected to a first interpolation calculation to obtain an interpolated echo signal at the first sampling point. For example, data on multiple third receiving lines around the first sampling point may be used for the first interpolation calculation.
针对第二采样点这一非重合位置进行复合时,由于第二采样点既不位于第二接收线也不位于第三接收线,第二采样点对应缺少第二次发射和第三次发射得到的回波数据,此时可分别基于第二次发射和第三次发射得到的其他位置的回波数据进行第一插值计算,得到第二采样点处对应这两次发射的回波信号。例如,可以取第二采样点周围的多条第二接收线和第三接收线上的数据进行第一插值计算。该示例中,可以先分别获得对应第二次发射的插值回波信号和对应第三次发射插值回波信号,然后对第二采样点的第一超声回波信号、对应第二次发射的插值回波信号和对应第三次发射的插值回波信号进行复合。该示例中,也可以先对第二采样点进行插值计算时同时获得第二 次发射和第三次发射的复合结果,然后再基于该复合结果和第二采样点的第一超声回波信号进行复合处理。When performing composite for the second sampling point, which is a non-coincident position, since the second sampling point is neither located on the second receiving line nor the third receiving line, the second sampling point corresponds to the lack of the second transmission and the third transmission. At this time, the first interpolation calculation can be performed based on the echo data of other positions obtained in the second transmission and the third transmission, respectively, to obtain the echo signals corresponding to the two transmissions at the second sampling point. For example, data on multiple second receiving lines and third receiving lines around the second sampling point may be used for the first interpolation calculation. In this example, the interpolated echo signal corresponding to the second transmission and the interpolated echo signal corresponding to the third transmission can be obtained respectively, and then the first ultrasonic echo signal at the second sampling point and the interpolated echo signal corresponding to the second transmission can be obtained. The echo signal is composited with the interpolated echo signal corresponding to the third transmission. In this example, it is also possible to obtain the composite result of the second emission and the third emission at the same time during the interpolation calculation of the second sampling point, and then perform the calculation based on the composite result and the first ultrasonic echo signal of the second sampling point. Compound processing.
针对第三采样点这一非接收线位置进行复合时,由于第三采样点没有位于三次发射的任何一次发射对应的接收线上,第三采样点对应缺少这三次发射得到的回波数据,此时可分别基于第一次发射、第二次发射和第三次发射得到的其他位置的回波数据进行第二插值计算,得到第三采样点处的多个插值回波信号,随后对多个插值回波信号进行复合处理,得到第三采样点处的第二复合的超声回波信号。When compounding the third sampling point, which is a non-receiving line position, because the third sampling point is not located on the receiving line corresponding to any one of the three transmissions, the third sampling point corresponds to the lack of echo data obtained from these three transmissions. The second interpolation calculation can be performed on the echo data of other positions obtained from the first, second, and third transmissions respectively to obtain multiple interpolated echo signals at the third sampling point, and then perform a second interpolation calculation on multiple echo signals at the third sampling point. The interpolated echo signal is subjected to composite processing to obtain the second composite ultrasonic echo signal at the third sampling point.
结合上述描述可知,针对非重合位置和非接收线位置进行复合计算时,可以根据多次发射的一次或几次发射对应的超声回波信号进行插值计算,得到非重合位置处和非接收线位置处的回波信号,然后再进行复合。针对重合位置则可以直接将接收线的超声回波信号进行复合。In combination with the above description, it can be seen that when performing composite calculations for the non-coincident position and the non-receiving line position, interpolation calculation can be carried out based on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to one or several transmissions of multiple transmissions to obtain the non-coincident position and the non-receiving line position The echo signal at the location, and then composite. For the coincident position, the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line can be directly combined.
示例性地,S350可以包括:对第一复合的超声回波信号、第二复合的超声回波信号和第三复合的超声回波信号中的至少两种复合的回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。例如,可对第一复合的超声回波信号和第三复合的超声回波信号进行处理,即基于多次发射的声场能量范围内接收线上的点进行处理,得到超声图像。此时,还可以根据复合的超声回波信号进行第三插值计算,得到重合的声场能量范围内非复合位置的超声回波数据;以及对复合的超声回波信号和非复合位置的超声回波数据进行处理,得到超声图像。这样,通过第三插值计算,能够基于采样点处的超声回波数据,得到更多位置的超声回波数据,从而能够使得得到的超声图像能够包含更多的信息,使其分辨率更高,更加准确。例如,可对第一复合的超声回波信号、第二复合的超声回波信号和第三复合的超声回波信号进行处理,即基于多次发射的声场能量范围内的每个采样点进行处理,得到超声图像。由于复合过程包括了对非接收线位置的插值和复合,此时得到的超声图像可以包含更多的信息。上述第一插值计算和第二插值计算用以对应和区分声场范围内不同位置的计算过程,但计算的方法本身可以相同、也可以不同。Exemplarily, S350 may include: processing at least two composite echo signals among the first composite ultrasonic echo signal, the second composite ultrasonic echo signal, and the third composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain ultrasonic image. For example, the first composite ultrasonic echo signal and the third composite ultrasonic echo signal may be processed, that is, based on the points on the receiving line within the energy range of the sound field transmitted multiple times to obtain the ultrasonic image. At this time, the third interpolation calculation can also be performed according to the composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain the ultrasonic echo data of the non-composite position within the overlapping sound field energy range; and the composite ultrasonic echo signal and the ultrasonic echo of the non-composite position The data is processed to obtain an ultrasound image. In this way, through the third interpolation calculation, the ultrasound echo data at more positions can be obtained based on the ultrasound echo data at the sampling point, so that the obtained ultrasound image can contain more information and make the resolution higher. more precise. For example, the first composite ultrasonic echo signal, the second composite ultrasonic echo signal, and the third composite ultrasonic echo signal can be processed, that is, the processing is performed based on each sampling point in the energy range of the sound field of multiple shots. , Get an ultrasound image. Since the compounding process includes interpolation and compounding of the position of the non-receiving line, the ultrasound image obtained at this time can contain more information. The foregoing first interpolation calculation and second interpolation calculation are used to correspond to and distinguish the calculation process of different positions in the sound field range, but the calculation method itself may be the same or different.
基于上述实施例的超声成像系统,图12是本发明实施例的超声成像方法的一个示意性流程图。图12所示的方法包括:Based on the ultrasound imaging system of the foregoing embodiment, FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method shown in Figure 12 includes:
S410,向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束,执行多次超声扫描;S410: Transmit an ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, and perform multiple ultrasound scans;
S420,接收超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;S420: Receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam, and obtain the ultrasonic echo signal;
S430,确定多次超声扫描中每次超声扫描时超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,第一子段的接收线为直线接收线,第二子段的接收线为曲线或者包括若干个接收段;S430. Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasound beam during each ultrasound scan in the multiple ultrasound scans, where the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction, and the first sub-segment The receiving line of is a straight receiving line, and the receiving line of the second subsection is curved or includes several receiving sections;
S440,对每次超声扫描的接收线的超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;S440, composite the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line of each ultrasonic scan to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal;
S450,对复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。S450, processing the composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain an ultrasonic image.
作为一种实现方式,采用线阵的扫描方式时,每次超声扫描的超声波束的发射扫描线与发射超声波束的阵元的排列平面垂直;第一子段对应声场能量范围的近场,近场的接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段对应声场能量范围的焦区和远场,焦区的接收线的线密度大于远场的接收线的线密度。例如,近场的接收线可以是如图1(b)所示的近场的竖直向下的接收线。该示例下,声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度可以大于在声场能量范围的近场处的接收线的线密度。或者,焦区的线密度可以等于近场的线密度。As an implementation method, when the linear array scanning mode is adopted, the emission scan line of the ultrasonic beam of each ultrasonic scan is perpendicular to the arrangement plane of the array element that emits the ultrasonic beam; the first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range. The receiving line of the field has a uniform line density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line of the focal zone is greater than the line density of the receiving line of the far field. For example, the receiving line of the near field may be the vertical downward receiving line of the near field as shown in FIG. 1(b). In this example, the linear density of the receiving line at the focal region of the sound field energy range may be greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range. Alternatively, the linear density of the focal zone may be equal to the linear density of the near field.
作为另一种实现方式,采用相控阵或凸阵的扫描方式时,多次超声扫描的超声波束包括位于发射超声波束的阵元的排列平面上的同一波束起点,或多次超声扫描的超声波束包括位于发射超声波束的阵元的排列平面上的多个波束起点,且自多个波束起点发出的超声波束的发射扫描线的反向延长线在排列平面后方相交于一点。第一子段对应声场能量范围的远场,远场的接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段对应声场能量范围的近场和焦区,焦区的接收线的线密度大于近场的接收线的线密度。例如,远场的接收线可以是如图1(c)所示的远场的直线。示例性地,在声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度可以大于在声场能量范围的远场处的接收线的线密度。或者,焦区的线密度可以等于远场的线密度。示例性地,沿着声场能量范围的深度方向,从近场到焦区线密度由小变大。As another implementation method, when the phased array or convex array scanning mode is adopted, the ultrasonic beams of multiple ultrasonic scans include the same beam starting point located on the arrangement plane of the array elements that emit the ultrasonic beams, or the ultrasonic waves of multiple ultrasonic scans. The beam includes a plurality of beam starting points located on the arrangement plane of the array elements emitting ultrasonic beams, and the reverse extension lines of the transmission scan lines of the ultrasonic beams emitted from the plurality of beam starting points intersect at a point behind the arrangement plane. The first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the far field has a uniform line density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and focal area of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line of the focal area is greater than that of the near field. The line density of the receiving line. For example, the receiving line of the far field may be a straight line of the far field as shown in FIG. 1(c). Exemplarily, the linear density of the receiving line at the focal region of the sound field energy range may be greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range. Alternatively, the linear density of the focal zone can be equal to the linear density of the far field. Exemplarily, along the depth direction of the energy range of the sound field, the linear density from the near field to the focal zone increases from small to large.
作为一例,第二子段的接收线包括深度方向上离散的若干接收段。As an example, the receiving line of the second sub-segment includes several receiving segments discrete in the depth direction.
示例性地,S430可以包括:将第二子段的声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔正相关。Exemplarily, S430 may include: dividing the sound field energy range of the second sub-segment into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located The width of is positively correlated with the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section.
其中,将声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,可以包括:将深度方向上声场能量范围的宽度相差不大于预设阈值的声场能量范围划分为同一深度段。其中,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量相等;或者,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量之差小于阈值。其中,一个深度段内的每两个相邻接收段之间的间隔都相等。Wherein, dividing the sound field energy range into multiple depth sections along the depth direction may include: dividing the sound field energy range in the depth direction whose widths of the sound field energy range are not greater than a preset threshold value into the same depth section. Wherein, the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is equal; or, the difference between the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold. Among them, the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in a depth section is equal.
结合前述图5和图6的示例,可以将图5中深度段6至深度段16的部分认为是第二子段,将图6中包括深度段a和深度段b的上半部分认为是第二子段。因此关于S430中第二子段中接收线的确定,可以参见前述结合图5和图6的相关部分的记载,这里不再重复。In combination with the examples of Figures 5 and 6, the part from depth segment 6 to depth segment 16 in Figure 5 can be considered as the second sub-segment, and the upper half of Figure 6 including depth segment a and depth segment b can be considered as the first sub-segment. Two subsections. Therefore, regarding the determination of the receiving line in the second sub-segment in S430, reference may be made to the foregoing description in conjunction with the relevant parts of FIG. 5 and FIG.
基于上述实施例的超声成像系统,图13是本发明实施例的超声成像方法的一个示意性流程图。图13所示的方法包括:Based on the ultrasound imaging system of the foregoing embodiment, FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method shown in Figure 13 includes:
S510,向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束,执行多次超声扫描;S510: Transmit an ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, and perform multiple ultrasound scans;
S520,接收超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;S520: Receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam, and obtain the ultrasonic echo signal;
S530,确定多次超声扫描中每次超声扫描时超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,第一子段的接收线沿深度方向具有一致的线密度,第二子段的接收线在深度方向上具有变化的线密度;S530. Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasound beam during each ultrasound scan in the multiple ultrasound scans, wherein the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction, the first sub-segment The receiving line of, has a uniform line density along the depth direction, and the receiving line of the second sub-segment has a varying line density in the depth direction;
S540,根据每次超声扫描的接收线对超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到多个波束合成的超声回波信号;S540: Perform beam synthesis processing on the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line of each ultrasonic scan to obtain multiple beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signals;
S550,对多个波束合成的超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合的超声回波信号,并据此得到超声图像。In S550, composite ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by multiple beams to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal, and obtain an ultrasonic image accordingly.
其中,S550可以包括:对多个波束合成的超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合的超声回波信号;对复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。Wherein, S550 may include: composite ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by multiple beams to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; processing the composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain an ultrasonic image.
作为一种实现方式,每次超声扫描的超声波束的发射扫描线与发射超声波束的阵元的排列平面垂直;第一子段对应声场能量范围的近场,近场的接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段对应声场能量范围的焦区和远场,焦区的接收线的线密度大于远场的接收线的线密度。例如,近场的接收线可以是如图1(b)所示的近场的竖直向下的接收线。示例性地,在声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在声场能量范围的近场处的接收线的线密度。或者,焦区的线密度等于近场的线密度。示例性地,沿着声场能量范围的深度方向, 从焦区到远场线密度由大变小。As an implementation mode, the emission scan line of the ultrasound beam of each ultrasound scan is perpendicular to the arrangement plane of the array element that emits the ultrasound beam; the first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the near field has a consistent line Density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the focal zone and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the receiving line in the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the receiving line in the far field. For example, the receiving line of the near field may be the vertical downward receiving line of the near field as shown in FIG. 1(b). Exemplarily, the linear density of the receiving line at the focal zone of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range. Alternatively, the linear density of the focal zone is equal to the linear density of the near field. Exemplarily, along the depth direction of the sound field energy range, the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small.
作为另一种实现方式,多次超声扫描的超声波束包括位于发射超声波束的阵元的排列平面上的同一波束起点,或多次超声扫描的超声波束包括位于发射超声波束的阵元的排列平面上的多个波束起点,且自多个波束起点发出的超声波束的发射扫描线的反向延长线在排列平面后方相交于一点。第一子段对应声场能量范围的远场,远场的接收线具有一致的线密度;第二子段对应声场能量范围的近场和焦区,焦区的接收线的线密度大于近场的接收线的线密度。例如,远场的接收线可以是如图1(c)所示的远场的直线。示例性地,在声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在声场能量范围的远场处的接收线的线密度。或者,焦区的线密度等于远场的线密度。示例性地,沿着声场能量范围的深度方向,从近场到焦区线密度由小变大。As another implementation manner, the ultrasound beams of multiple ultrasound scans include the same beam starting point located on the arrangement plane of the array elements that emit the ultrasound beam, or the ultrasound beams of multiple ultrasound scans include the arrangement plane of the array elements that emit the ultrasound beam. The multiple beam starting points on the above, and the reverse extension lines of the transmission scan lines of the ultrasonic beams emitted from the multiple beam starting points intersect at a point behind the arrangement plane. The first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the far field has a uniform line density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and focal area of the sound field energy range, and the line density of the receiving line of the focal area is greater than that of the near field. The line density of the receiving line. For example, the receiving line of the far field may be a straight line of the far field as shown in FIG. 1(c). Exemplarily, the linear density of the receiving line at the focal zone of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range. Or, the linear density of the focal zone is equal to the linear density of the far field. Exemplarily, along the depth direction of the energy range of the sound field, the linear density from the near field to the focal zone increases from small to large.
作为一例,第二子段的接收线包括深度方向上离散的若干接收段。As an example, the receiving line of the second sub-segment includes several receiving segments discrete in the depth direction.
示例性地,S530可以包括:将第二子段的声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔正相关。Exemplarily, S530 may include: dividing the sound field energy range of the second sub-segment into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located The width of is positively correlated with the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section.
其中,将声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,可以包括:将深度方向上声场能量范围的宽度相差不大于预设阈值的声场能量范围划分为同一深度段。其中,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量相等;或者,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量之差小于阈值。其中,一个深度段内的每两个相邻接收段之间的间隔都相等。Wherein, dividing the sound field energy range into multiple depth sections along the depth direction may include: dividing the sound field energy range in the depth direction whose widths of the sound field energy range are not greater than a preset threshold value into the same depth section. Wherein, the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is equal; or, the difference between the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold. Among them, the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in a depth section is equal.
结合前述图5和图6的示例,可以将图5中深度段6至深度段16的部分认为是第二子段,将图6中包括深度段a和深度段b的上半部分认为是第二子段。因此关于S530中第二子段中接收线的确定,可以参见前述结合图5和图6的相关部分的记载,这里不再重复。In combination with the examples of Figures 5 and 6, the part from depth segment 6 to depth segment 16 in Figure 5 can be considered as the second sub-segment, and the upper half of Figure 6 including depth segment a and depth segment b can be considered as the first sub-segment. Two subsections. Therefore, regarding the determination of the receiving line in the second sub-segment in S530, reference may be made to the foregoing description in conjunction with the relevant parts of FIG. 5 and FIG.
基于上述实施例的超声成像系统,图14是本发明实施例的超声成像方法的一个示意性流程图。图14所示的方法包括:Based on the ultrasound imaging system of the foregoing embodiment, FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of the ultrasound imaging method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method shown in Figure 14 includes:
S610,向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射一次超声波束;S610: Transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object once;
S620,接收一次超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;S620: Receive an ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam once to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal;
S630,确定一次超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,接收线所在的区域与声场能量范围匹配;S630: Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the primary ultrasonic beam, where the area where the receiving line is located matches the sound field energy range;
S640,根据接收线对超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。S640: Process the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasonic image.
其中,接收线可以是结合前述图3至图13所示的声场能量范围内的接收线,这里不再赘述。Wherein, the receiving line may be a receiving line within the energy range of the sound field shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 13 in combination, and will not be repeated here.
现在返回到图2所示的超声成像系统10。Now return to the ultrasound imaging system 10 shown in FIG. 2.
在一个实施例中,发射/接收控制电路120用于激励超声探头110向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束以执行超声扫描,并接收超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号。存储器130用于存储处理器140执行的程序。处理器140用于:确定一次超声扫描的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,在声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在声场能量范围的近场处的接收线的线密度,且焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在声场能量范围的远场处的接收线的线密度;根据接收线对超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。显示器150用于显示超声图像。In one embodiment, the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object to perform ultrasonic scanning, and receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal. The memory 130 is used to store a program executed by the processor 140. The processor 140 is used to determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam of an ultrasound scan, wherein the line density of the receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range The linear density of the receiving line at the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range; the ultrasonic echo signal is processed according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasound image. The display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
在另一个实施例中,发射/接收控制电路120用于激励超声探头110向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束以执行多次超声扫描,并接收多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号。存储器130用于存储处理器140执行的程序。处理器140用于:确定多次发射中每一次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,该接收线包括若干个接收段或者至少部分的接收线为曲线;对该接收线的多个超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。显示器150用于显示超声图像。In another embodiment, the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit multiple ultrasonic beams to the region of interest of the target object to perform multiple ultrasonic scans, and receive the ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams to obtain Multiple ultrasonic echo signals. The memory 130 is used to store a program executed by the processor 140. The processor 140 is configured to: determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of the multiple transmissions, where the receiving line includes several receiving sections or at least part of the receiving line is a curve; Multiple ultrasound echo signals are processed to obtain ultrasound images. The display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
在另一个实施例中,发射/接收控制电路120用于激励超声探头110向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束以执行多次超声扫描,并接收多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号。存储器130用于存储处理器140执行的程序。处理器140用于:确定多次发射中每一次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,该接收线在声场能量范围的深度方向上具有变化的线密度;对多次发射的该接收线的多个超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;对复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。显示器150用于显示超声图像。In another embodiment, the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit multiple ultrasonic beams to the region of interest of the target object to perform multiple ultrasonic scans, and receive the ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams to obtain Multiple ultrasonic echo signals. The memory 130 is used to store a program executed by the processor 140. The processor 140 is used to determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of each ultrasonic beam emitted in multiple transmissions, wherein the receiving line has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range; The multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image. The display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
在另一个实施例中,发射/接收控制电路120用于激励超声探头110向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束,执行多次超声扫描,并接收超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号。存储器130用于存储处理器140执行的程 序。处理器140用于:确定多次超声扫描中每次超声扫描时超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,第一子段的接收线为直线接收线,第二子段的接收线为曲线或者包括若干个接收段;对每次超声扫描的接收线的超声回波信号进行处理复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;以及对复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。显示器150用于显示超声图像。In another embodiment, the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object, perform multiple ultrasonic scans, and receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal . The memory 130 is used to store programs executed by the processor 140. The processor 140 is configured to determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam during each ultrasonic scan in multiple ultrasonic scans, where the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction, The receiving line of the first subsection is a straight receiving line, and the receiving line of the second subsection is curved or includes several receiving sections; the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line of each ultrasound scan are processed and combined to obtain the combined ultrasound Echo signal; and processing the composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain an ultrasonic image. The display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
在另一个实施例中,发射/接收控制电路120用于激励超声探头110向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束,执行多次超声扫描,并接收超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号。存储器130用于存储处理器140执行的程序。处理器140用于:确定多次超声扫描中每次超声扫描时超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,第一子段的接收线沿深度方向具有一致的线密度,第二子段的接收线在深度方向上具有变化的线密度;根据每次超声扫描的接收线对超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到多个波束合成的超声回波信号;以及对多个波束合成的超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合的超声回波信号,并据此得到超声图像。显示器150用于显示超声图像。In another embodiment, the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object, perform multiple ultrasonic scans, and receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal . The memory 130 is used to store a program executed by the processor 140. The processor 140 is configured to determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam during each ultrasonic scan in multiple ultrasonic scans, where the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction, The receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform linear density along the depth direction, and the receiving line of the second sub-segment has a varying linear density in the depth direction; the ultrasonic echo signal is beam-synthesized according to the receiving line of each ultrasound scan , Obtain the ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by multiple beams; and compound the ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the multiple beams to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal, and obtain an ultrasonic image accordingly. The display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
在另一个实施例中,发射/接收控制电路120用于激励超声探头110向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射一次超声波束,并接收一次超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号。存储器130用于存储处理器140执行的程序。处理器140用于:确定一次超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,接收线所在的区域与声场能量范围匹配;根据接收线对超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。显示器150用于显示超声图像。In another embodiment, the transmitting/receiving control circuit 120 is used to excite the ultrasonic probe 110 to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object, and receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam once to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal. The memory 130 is used to store a program executed by the processor 140. The processor 140 is configured to determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the primary ultrasonic beam, where the area where the receiving line is located matches the sound field energy range; processing the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasound image. The display 150 is used to display ultrasound images.
可见,图2所示的超声成像系统10能够用于实现上述图3或图10至图14任一个所示的方法的步骤。It can be seen that the ultrasound imaging system 10 shown in FIG. 2 can be used to implement the steps of the method shown in any one of FIGS. 3 or 10 to 14 described above.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。另外,本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序。当该 计算机程序被计算机或者处理器执行时,可以实现前述图3或图10至图14任一个所示的超声成像方法的步骤。例如,该计算机存储介质为计算机可读存储介质。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the present invention. In addition, the embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer storage medium on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a computer or a processor, the steps of the ultrasound imaging method shown in any one of FIGS. 3 or 10 to 14 can be realized. For example, the computer storage medium is a computer-readable storage medium.
在一个实施例中,该计算机程序指令在被计算机或处理器运行时使计算机或处理器执行以下步骤:控制超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射第一超声波束,执行一次超声扫描;控制超声探头接收第一超声波束的第一超声回波,得到第一超声回波信号;确定第一超声波束的声场能量范围内的第一接收线,其中,在声场能量范围的焦区处的第一接收线的线密度大于在声场能量范围的近场处的第一接收线的线密度,且焦区处的第一接收线的线密度大于在声场能量范围的远场处的第一接收线的线密度;根据第一接收线对第一超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到波束合成的第一超声回波信号。In one embodiment, the computer program instructions, when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to emit the first ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, and perform an ultrasound scan; The probe receives the first ultrasonic echo of the first ultrasonic beam to obtain the first ultrasonic echo signal; determines the first receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam, where the first receiving line at the focal zone of the sound field energy range The linear density of the receiving line is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range, and the linear density of the first receiving line at the focal zone is greater than that of the first receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range Line density: Perform beam synthesis processing on the first ultrasonic echo signal according to the first receiving line to obtain the beam synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal.
在一个实施例中,该计算机程序指令在被计算机或处理器运行时使计算机或处理器执行以下步骤:控制超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束;控制超声探头接收多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号;确定多次发射中每一次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,接收线包括若干个接收段或者至少部分的接收线为曲线;对接收线的多个超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。In one embodiment, the computer program instructions, when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to emit multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object; control the ultrasound probe to receive multiple ultrasounds The ultrasonic echo of the beam to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals; determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of the multiple transmissions, where the receiving line includes several receiving sections or at least part of the receiving line is Curve; multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line are processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
在一个实施例中,该计算机程序指令在被计算机或处理器运行时使计算机或处理器执行以下步骤:控制超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束;控制超声探头接收多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号;确定多次发射中每一次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,接收线在声场能量范围的深度方向上具有变化的线密度;对多次发射的接收线的多个超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;对复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。In one embodiment, the computer program instructions, when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to emit multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object; control the ultrasound probe to receive multiple ultrasounds The ultrasonic echo of the beam is obtained, and multiple ultrasonic echo signals are obtained; the receiving line within the sound field energy range of each transmitted ultrasonic beam in multiple transmissions is determined, wherein the receiving line has a changing line in the depth direction of the sound field energy range Density: The multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line transmitted multiple times are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
在一个实施例中,该计算机程序指令在被计算机或处理器运行时使计算机或处理器执行以下步骤:控制超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束,执行多次超声扫描;控制超声探头接收超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;确定多次超声扫描中每次超声扫描时超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,第一子段的接收线为直线接收线,第二子段的接收线为曲线或者包括 若干个接收段;对每次超声扫描的接收线的超声回波信号进行处理复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;以及对复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。In one embodiment, the computer program instructions, when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to emit an ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, perform multiple ultrasound scans; control the ultrasound probe Receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal; determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam during each ultrasonic scan in the multiple ultrasonic scans, wherein the sound field energy range is divided into at least the first Sub-segment and the second sub-segment, the receiving line of the first sub-segment is a straight receiving line, the receiving line of the second sub-segment is a curve or includes several receiving segments; the ultrasonic echo signal of the receiving line of each ultrasound scan is performed The composite is processed to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; and the composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
在一个实施例中,该计算机程序指令在被计算机或处理器运行时使计算机或处理器执行以下步骤:控制超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束,执行多次超声扫描;控制超声探头接收超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;确定多次超声扫描中每次超声扫描时超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,第一子段的接收线沿深度方向具有一致的线密度,第二子段的接收线在深度方向上具有变化的线密度;根据每次超声扫描的接收线对超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到多个波束合成的超声回波信号;以及对多个波束合成的超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合的超声回波信号,并据此得到超声图像。In one embodiment, the computer program instructions, when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to emit an ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, perform multiple ultrasound scans; control the ultrasound probe Receive the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain the ultrasonic echo signal; determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam during each ultrasonic scan in the multiple ultrasonic scans, wherein the sound field energy range is divided into at least the first Sub-segment and second sub-segment, the receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform line density along the depth direction, and the receiving line of the second sub-segment has a varying line density in the depth direction; according to the receiving line pair of each ultrasound scan The ultrasonic echo signal undergoes beam synthesis processing to obtain multiple beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signals; and the multiple beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signals are combined to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal, and an ultrasonic image is obtained accordingly.
在一个实施例中,该计算机程序指令在被计算机或处理器运行时使计算机或处理器执行以下步骤:控制超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射一次超声波束;控制超声探头接收一次超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;确定一次超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,接收线所在的区域与声场能量范围匹配;根据接收线对超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。In one embodiment, the computer program instructions, when run by the computer or processor, cause the computer or processor to perform the following steps: control the ultrasound probe to transmit an ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object; control the ultrasound probe to receive an ultrasound beam Ultrasound echo to obtain ultrasonic echo signal; determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the primary ultrasonic beam, where the area where the receiving line is located matches the sound field energy range; process the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line to obtain the ultrasonic image .
计算机存储介质例如可以包括智能电话的存储卡、平板电脑的存储部件、个人计算机的硬盘、只读存储器(ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM)、便携式紧致盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)、USB存储器、或者上述存储介质的任意组合。计算机可读存储介质可以是一个或多个计算机可读存储介质的任意组合。The computer storage medium may include, for example, a memory card of a smart phone, a storage component of a tablet computer, a hard disk of a personal computer, a read-only memory (ROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), a portable compact disk read-only memory ( CD-ROM), USB memory, or any combination of the above storage media. The computer-readable storage medium may be any combination of one or more computer-readable storage media.
另外,本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,其包含指令,当该指令被计算机所执行时,使得计算机执行上述图3或图10至图14任一个所示的方法的步骤。In addition, an embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer program product, which contains instructions, which when executed by a computer, cause the computer to execute the steps of the method shown in any one of FIG. 3 or FIG. 10 to FIG. 14.
由此可见,本发明实施例确定超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,使焦区的线密度大于近场的线密度且大于远场的线密度,这样能够保证在焦区的采样频率更高,进而在进行复合时保证波束合成的效率。It can be seen that the embodiment of the present invention determines the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam, so that the linear density of the focal area is greater than the linear density of the near field and greater than the linear density of the far field, which can ensure that the sampling frequency in the focal area is higher. High, thus ensuring the efficiency of beam synthesis when performing compounding.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各 示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present invention essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present invention. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present invention, but the scope of protection of the present invention is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed by the present invention. It should be covered within the protection scope of the present invention. Therefore, the protection scope of the present invention should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (74)

  1. 一种超声成像方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An ultrasound imaging method, characterized in that the method includes:
    向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射第一超声波束,执行一次超声扫描;Transmit the first ultrasound beam to the region of interest of the target object, and perform an ultrasound scan;
    接收所述第一超声波束的第一超声回波,得到第一超声回波信号;Receiving the first ultrasonic echo of the first ultrasonic beam to obtain a first ultrasonic echo signal;
    确定所述第一超声波束的声场能量范围内的第一接收线,其中,在所述声场能量范围的焦区处的第一接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的近场处的第一接收线的线密度,且所述焦区处的第一接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的远场处的第一接收线的线密度;Determine the first receiving line within the sound field energy range of the first ultrasonic beam, wherein the linear density of the first receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than that at the near field of the sound field energy range The linear density of the first receiving line, and the linear density of the first receiving line at the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the first receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range;
    根据所述第一接收线对所述第一超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到波束合成的第一超声回波信号。Perform beam synthesis processing on the first ultrasonic echo signal according to the first receiving line to obtain a beam synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,沿着所述声场能量范围的深度方向,从近场到焦区所述线密度由小变大,从焦区到远场所述线密度由大变小。The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, along the depth direction of the energy range of the sound field, the linear density from the near field to the focal area increases from small, and the linear density from the focal area to the far field increases from Big becomes smaller.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接收线包括不同深度段的若干个接收段,The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first receiving line includes several receiving sections of different depth sections,
    所述确定声场能量范围内的第一接收线,包括:The determining the first receiving line within the energy range of the sound field includes:
    将所述声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与所述深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔的比值等于预设值。The sound field energy range is divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is two adjacent to each other in the depth section. The ratio of the intervals between the receiving segments is equal to the preset value.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接收线包括不同深度段的若干个接收段,The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first receiving line includes several receiving sections of different depth sections,
    所述确定声场能量范围内的接收线,包括:The determining the receiving line within the energy range of the sound field includes:
    将所述声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与所述深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔正相关。The sound field energy range is divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is two adjacent to each other in the depth section. The interval between the two receiving segments is positively correlated.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the dividing the sound field energy range into a plurality of depth segments along the depth direction comprises:
    将所述深度方向上声场能量范围的宽度相差不大于预设阈值的声场能量范围划分为同一深度段。The sound field energy range in the depth direction whose width of the sound field energy range differs by no more than a preset threshold value is divided into the same depth section.
  6. 根据权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为所述深度段的任一深度位置的声场能量范围的宽度;或者,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为所述深度段的中心位置处的声场能量范围的宽度。The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section; or, each The width of the sound field energy range where a depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at the center position of the depth section.
  7. 根据权利要求3至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 3 to 6, characterized in that,
    不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量相等;或者,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量之差小于阈值。The number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is equal; or, the difference in the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold.
  8. 根据权利要求3至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,一个深度段内的每两个相邻接收段之间的间隔相等。The method according to any one of claims 3 to 7, wherein the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in a depth section is equal.
  9. 根据权利要求3至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 3 to 8, characterized in that,
    所述每个接收段的方向与所述第一超声波束的发射方向成第一预设角度;The direction of each receiving section and the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam form a first preset angle;
    或者,所述每个接收段在与所述第一超声波束的发射方向相反方向上的延长线相交于一点。Alternatively, the extension line of each receiving section in a direction opposite to the emission direction of the first ultrasonic beam intersects at a point.
  10. 根据权利要求3至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,不同深度段的深度范围相等或者不相等。The method according to any one of claims 3 to 9, wherein the depth ranges of different depth sections are equal or unequal.
  11. 根据权利要求3至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 3 to 10, characterized in that:
    所述第一接收线包括不同深度段中的离散的若干接收段。The first receiving line includes discrete receiving sections in different depth sections.
  12. 根据权利要求3至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 11, further comprising:
    向所述感兴趣区域发射第二超声波束,执行再一次超声扫描;Transmit a second ultrasound beam to the region of interest, and perform another ultrasound scan;
    接收所述第二超声波束的第二超声回波,得到第二超声回波信号;Receiving a second ultrasonic echo of the second ultrasonic beam to obtain a second ultrasonic echo signal;
    确定所述第二超声波束的声场能量范围内的第二接收线,其中所述第二接收线在所述第二超声波束的声场能量范围的深度方向上具有变化的线密度,且所述第一超声波束与所述第二超声波束重合的声场能量范围内,所述第一接收线与所述第二接收线重合;Determine the second receiving line within the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam, wherein the second receiving line has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam, and the first Within the sound field energy range where an ultrasonic beam coincides with the second ultrasonic beam, the first receiving line coincides with the second receiving line;
    根据所述第二接收线对所述第二超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到波束合成的第二超声回波信号;Performing beam synthesis processing on the second ultrasonic echo signal according to the second receiving line to obtain a beam synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal;
    对所述重合的声场能量范围内的所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号与所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号; 以及Composite the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam within the overlapped acoustic field energy range to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; and
    对所述复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对所述重合的声场能量范围内的所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号与所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam in the overlapping sound field energy range are combined ,include:
    在所述重合的声场能量范围内沿所述第一接收线和所述第二接收线的重合位置进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号。Compounding is performed along the overlapping position of the first receiving line and the second receiving line within the energy range of the overlapping sound field to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号与所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the compounding the first ultrasonic echo signal of the beam synthesis and the second ultrasonic echo signal of the beam synthesis comprises:
    将所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号和所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行时间对准;Time-align the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam;
    将时间对准后的所述信号波束合成的第一超声回波信号和所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行加权求和,得到所述复合后的超声回波信号。The time-aligned first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the signal beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam are weighted and summed to obtain the combined ultrasonic echo signal.
  15. 根据权利要求12至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述每个接收段的方向与所述第一超声波束移动到所述第二超声波束的波束移动方向成第二预设角度。The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the direction of each receiving section is in a second pre-determined direction with the beam movement direction of the first ultrasonic beam moving to the second ultrasonic beam. Set the angle.
  16. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接收线为在所述声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的曲线。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first receiving line is a curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 16, further comprising:
    向所述感兴趣区域发射第二超声波束,执行再一次超声扫描;Transmit a second ultrasound beam to the region of interest, and perform another ultrasound scan;
    接收所述第二超声波束的第二超声回波,得到第二超声回波信号;Receiving a second ultrasonic echo of the second ultrasonic beam to obtain a second ultrasonic echo signal;
    确定所述第二超声波束的声场能量范围内的第二接收线,其中所述第二接收线为在所述第二超声波束的声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的曲线,且所述第一超声波束与所述第二超声波束重合的声场能量范围内,所述第一接收线与所述第二接收线至多部分重合;Determine the second receiving line within the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam, wherein the second receiving line is a curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range of the second ultrasonic beam, and the first Within the sound field energy range where the ultrasonic beam and the second ultrasonic beam overlap, the first receiving line and the second receiving line overlap at most parts;
    根据所述第二接收线对所述第二超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到波束合成的第二超声回波信号;Performing beam synthesis processing on the second ultrasonic echo signal according to the second receiving line to obtain a beam synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal;
    对所述重合的声场能量范围内的所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号与 所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;以及Composite the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam within the energy range of the overlapping sound field to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; and
    对所述复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对所述重合的声场能量范围内的所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号与所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam in the overlapping sound field energy range are combined ,include:
    根据所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行第一插值计算,得到所述重合的声场能量范围内非重合位置的第二超声回波信号,所述非重合位置为位于所述第一接收线但非位于所述第二接收线的位置;Perform a first interpolation calculation according to the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam to obtain a second ultrasonic echo signal at a non-coincident position within the coincident sound field energy range, and the non-coincident position is located in the first receiving Line but not at the position of the second receiving line;
    将所述非重合位置的所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号与所述非重合位置的第二超声回波信号进行复合,得到第一复合后的超声回波信号。The first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam in the non-coincident position is combined with the second ultrasonic echo signal in the non-coincident position to obtain the first combined ultrasonic echo signal.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对所述重合的声场能量范围内的所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号与所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam in the overlapping sound field energy range are combined ,include:
    根据所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号和所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行第二插值计算,得到所述重合的声场能量范围内非接收线位置的多个插值回波信号,对所述多个插值回波信号进行复合得到第二复合后的超声回波信号,所述非接收线位置为所述重合的声场能量范围内既非位于所述第一接收线也非位于所述第二接收线的位置。Perform a second interpolation calculation according to the beam-synthesized first ultrasonic echo signal and the beam-synthesized second ultrasonic echo signal to obtain multiple interpolated echo signals of non-receiving line positions within the overlapping sound field energy range , The multiple interpolated echo signals are combined to obtain a second combined ultrasonic echo signal, and the non-receiving line position is neither in the first receiving line nor in the overlapping sound field energy range The position of the second receiving line.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对所述重合的声场能量范围内的所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号与所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,还包括:The method according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam within the overlapping sound field energy range Compounding also includes:
    在所述重合的声场能量范围内沿所述第一接收线和所述第二接收线的重合位置,对所述波束合成的第一超声回波信号和所述波束合成的第二超声回波信号进行复合,得到第三复合后的超声回波信号。Along the overlapping position of the first receiving line and the second receiving line within the overlapping sound field energy range, the first ultrasonic echo signal synthesized by the beam and the second ultrasonic echo synthesized by the beam The signals are combined to obtain the third combined ultrasonic echo signal.
  21. 根据权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接收线所在的区域与所述声场能量范围匹配。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein the area where the first receiving line is located matches the energy range of the sound field.
  22. 一种超声成像方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An ultrasound imaging method, characterized in that the method includes:
    向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束;Send multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object;
    接收所述多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号;Receiving ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals;
    确定多次发射中每一次发射的所述超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中:Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of multiple transmissions, where:
    所述声场能量范围包括沿深度方向划分的多个深度段,每个深度段包括所述接收线的若干个接收段,且不同深度段的接收段离散排布;The sound field energy range includes a plurality of depth sections divided along a depth direction, each depth section includes several receiving sections of the receiving line, and the receiving sections of different depth sections are arranged discretely;
    或者,至少部分的所述接收线为曲线;Or, at least part of the receiving line is a curve;
    对所述接收线的所述多个超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line are processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收线的线密度沿所述声场能量范围的深度方向变化,从近场到焦区所述线密度先由小变大,从焦区到远场所述线密度再由大变小。The method according to claim 22, wherein the linear density of the receiving line changes along the depth direction of the sound field energy range, and the linear density first changes from small to large from the near field to the focal zone. In the far field, the linear density changes from large to small.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的近场处的接收线的线密度,且所述焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的远场处的接收线的线密度。The method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the linear density of the receiving line at the focal zone of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range, and The linear density of the receiving line at the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range.
  25. 根据权利要求22至24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,相邻深度段的至少部分接收段在所述声场能量范围的横向上错开。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein at least part of the receiving sections of adjacent depth sections are staggered in the transverse direction of the sound field energy range.
  26. 根据权利要求22至24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与所述深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔成正相关。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is positively correlated with the interval between two adjacent receiving sections in the depth section.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,包括:The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the dividing the sound field energy range into a plurality of depth segments along the depth direction comprises:
    将所述深度方向上声场能量范围的宽度相差不大于预设阈值的声场能量范围划分为同一深度段。The sound field energy range in the depth direction whose width of the sound field energy range differs by no more than a preset threshold value is divided into the same depth section.
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为所述深度段的任一深度位置的声场能量范围的宽度;或者,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为所述深度段的中心位置处的声场能量范围的宽度。The method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section; or, each depth section is located The width of the sound field energy range is the width of the sound field energy range at the center position of the depth segment.
  29. 根据权利要求25至28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 25 to 28, characterized in that,
    不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量相等;或者,不同深度段所包含的接 收段的数量之差小于阈值。The number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is equal; or, the difference between the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold.
  30. 根据权利要求25至29中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,一个深度段内的每两个相邻的接收段之间的间隔都相等。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 29, wherein the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in a depth section is equal.
  31. 根据权利要求25至30中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,每一个深度段内的接收段的方向与所述多次超声波束的波束移动方向成第二预设角度。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 30, wherein the direction of the receiving section in each depth section and the beam movement direction of the multiple ultrasonic beams form a second preset angle.
  32. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,至少部分的所述接收线为曲线时,所述曲线为在所述声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的凹形曲线。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein when at least part of the receiving line is a curve, the curve is a concave curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range.
  33. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,至少部分的所述接收线为曲线时,所述曲线包括在所述声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的以下线条类型的至少一种:平滑曲线、折线、折线与平滑曲线的组合、直线与折线的组合、直线与平滑曲线的组合、或直线与平滑曲线和折线的组合。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein when at least part of the receiving line is a curve, the curve includes at least the following line types extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range One type: smooth curve, polyline, combination of polyline and smooth curve, combination of straight line and polyline, combination of straight line and smooth curve, or combination of straight line and smooth curve and polyline.
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述声场能量范围的中心轴处的接收线的曲率最小。The method according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the curvature of the receiving line at the central axis of the sound field energy range is the smallest.
  35. 根据权利要求22至34中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收线所在的区域与所述声场能量范围匹配。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 34, wherein the area where the receiving line is located matches the energy range of the sound field.
  36. 一种超声成像方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An ultrasound imaging method, characterized in that the method includes:
    控制超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束;Control the ultrasound probe to emit multiple ultrasound beams to the region of interest of the target object;
    控制所述超声探头接收所述多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号;Controlling the ultrasonic probe to receive the ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals;
    确定多次发射中每一次发射的超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,所述接收线在声场能量范围的深度方向上具有变化的线密度;Determining the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam emitted in each of the multiple transmissions, wherein the receiving line has a varying linear density in the depth direction of the sound field energy range;
    对多次发射的所述接收线的多个超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;Composite the multiple ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line that have been transmitted multiple times to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal;
    对所述复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述声场能量范围的 焦区处的接收线的线密度大于所述声场能量范围的近场处的接收线的线密度,且所述焦区处的接收线的线密度大于所述声场能量范围的远场处的接收线的线密度。36. The method according to claim 36, wherein the linear density of the receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range, and the focal area The linear density of the receiving line at the position is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述声场能量范围的深度方向上,从近场到焦区所述线密度由小变大,从焦区到远场所述线密度由大变小。The method according to claim 37, characterized in that, in the depth direction of the energy range of the sound field, the linear density from the near field to the focal area increases from small, and the linear density from the focal area to the far field increases from Big becomes smaller.
  39. 根据权利要求36至38任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收线包括不同深度段的若干个接收段,The method according to any one of claims 36 to 38, wherein the receiving line includes several receiving sections of different depth sections,
    所述确定声场能量范围内的接收线,包括:The determining the receiving line within the energy range of the sound field includes:
    将所述声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与所述深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔的比值等于预设值。The sound field energy range is divided into multiple depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes multiple receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is two adjacent to each other in the depth section. The ratio of the intervals between the receiving segments is equal to the preset value.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,包括:The method according to claim 39, wherein the dividing the sound field energy range into a plurality of depth segments along the depth direction comprises:
    将所述深度方向上声场能量范围的宽度相差不大于预设阈值的声场能量范围划分为同一深度段。The sound field energy range in the depth direction whose width of the sound field energy range differs by no more than a preset threshold value is divided into the same depth section.
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的方法,其特征在于,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为所述深度段的任一深度位置的声场能量范围的宽度;或者,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度为所述深度段的中心位置处的声场能量范围的宽度。The method according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the width of the sound field energy range where each depth section is located is the width of the sound field energy range at any depth position of the depth section; or, each depth section is located The width of the sound field energy range is the width of the sound field energy range at the center position of the depth segment.
  42. 根据权利要求39至41中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 39 to 41, wherein:
    不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量相等;或者,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量之差小于阈值。The number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is equal; or, the difference in the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than the threshold.
  43. 根据权利要求39至42中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,一个深度段内的每两个相邻接收段之间的间隔都相等。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 42, wherein the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in a depth section is equal.
  44. 根据权利要求39至43中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,每一个深度段内的接收段的方向与所述多次超声波束的波束移动方向成预设角度。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 43, wherein the direction of the receiving section in each depth section forms a predetermined angle with the beam movement direction of the multiple ultrasonic beams.
  45. 根据权利要求39至44中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,不同深 度段的深度范围相等或者不相等。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 44, wherein the depth ranges of different depth sections are equal or unequal.
  46. 根据权利要求36至38中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收线为在所述声场能量范围的深度方向上延伸的凹形曲线。The method according to any one of claims 36 to 38, wherein the receiving line is a concave curve extending in the depth direction of the sound field energy range.
  47. 根据权利要求36至45中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述多次发射的超声波束的重合的声场能量范围内,各次发射对应的接收线的位置重合。The method according to any one of claims 36 to 45, characterized in that, within the sound field energy range of the overlap of the ultrasonic beams emitted multiple times, the positions of the receiving lines corresponding to each emission overlap.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其特征在于,进行复合的位置为所述重合的声场能量范围内接收线的重合位置;The method according to claim 47, wherein the position for compounding is the overlapping position of the receiving line within the overlapping sound field energy range;
    所述对多次发射的所述接收线的超声回波信号进行复合,包括:The compounding of the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line transmitted multiple times includes:
    根据所述重合位置的接收线对各次发射对应的超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到多个波束合成的超声回波信号;以及Perform beam synthesis processing on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to each transmission according to the receiving line at the coincident position to obtain multiple beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signals; and
    对所述多个波束合成的超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合的超声回波信号。The composite ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the multiple beams are combined to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  49. 根据权利要求36或46所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述多次发射的超声波束的重合的声场能量范围内,各次发射对应的接收线的位置至多部分重合。The method according to claim 36 or 46, characterized in that, within the overlapping sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beams transmitted multiple times, the positions of the receiving lines corresponding to each transmission overlap at most.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,进行复合的位置包括所述重合的声场能量范围内接收线的非重合位置,所述非重合位置为多次发射对应的部分接收线重合的位置或多次发射对应的单个接收线的位置;The method according to claim 49, wherein the position for compounding comprises a non-coincident position of the receiving line within the energy range of the coincident sound field, and the non-coincident position is a position where a part of the receiving line corresponding to multiple transmissions overlaps Or the position of a single receiving line corresponding to multiple transmissions;
    所述对多次发射的所述接收线的超声回波信号进行复合,包括:The compounding of the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line transmitted multiple times includes:
    根据所述多次发射的一次或多次发射对应的超声回波信号进行第一插值计算,得到非重合位置的插值回波信号;以及Perform a first interpolation calculation according to the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to the one or multiple transmissions of the multiple transmissions to obtain the interpolation echo signal of the non-coincident position; and
    基于所述非重合位置的插值回波信号和非重合位置的接收线的超声回波信号进行复合,得到第一复合的超声回波信号。The interpolated echo signal of the non-coincident position and the ultrasonic echo signal of the receiving line of the non-coincident position are combined to obtain a first composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述多次发射的一次或多次发射对应的超声回波信号进行第一插值计算,包括:The method according to claim 50, wherein the performing the first interpolation calculation according to the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to one or multiple transmissions of the multiple transmissions comprises:
    对所述多次发射的一次或多次发射对应的超声回波信号进行信号处理,得到带相位信息的超声回波信号,并基于所述带相位信息的超声回波信号进行第一插值计算。Signal processing is performed on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to the one or multiple transmissions of the multiple transmissions to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal with phase information, and a first interpolation calculation is performed based on the ultrasonic echo signal with phase information.
  52. 根据权利要求49或50所述的方法,其特征在于,进行复合的位置包括所述重合的声场能量范围内的非接收线位置,所述非接收线位置为非位于多次发射对应的任一接收线的位置;The method according to claim 49 or 50, wherein the position for compounding comprises a non-receiving line position within the energy range of the overlapped sound field, and the non-receiving line position is any position that is not located corresponding to multiple transmissions. The location of the receiving line;
    所述对多次发射的所述接收线的超声回波信号进行复合,包括:The compounding of the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line transmitted multiple times includes:
    根据所述多次发射的每次发射对应的超声回波信号进行第二插值计算,得到非接收线位置的多个插值回波信号;以及Perform a second interpolation calculation according to the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to each transmission of the multiple transmissions to obtain multiple interpolation echo signals at the non-receiving line position; and
    基于所述非接收线位置的多个插值回波信号进行复合,得到第二复合的超声回波信号。The multiple interpolated echo signals based on the position of the non-receiving line are combined to obtain a second combined ultrasonic echo signal.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述多次发射的每次发射对应的超声回波信号进行第二插值计算,包括:The method according to claim 52, wherein the performing the second interpolation calculation according to the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to each transmission of the multiple transmissions comprises:
    对所述多次发射的每次发射对应的超声回波信号进行信号处理,得到带相位信息的超声回波信号,并基于所述带相位信息的超声回波信号进行第二插值计算。Signal processing is performed on the ultrasonic echo signal corresponding to each of the multiple transmissions to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal with phase information, and a second interpolation calculation is performed based on the ultrasonic echo signal with phase information.
  54. 根据权利要求51或53所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号处理包括以下的一个或多个处理环节:波束合成和正交解调。The method according to claim 51 or 53, wherein the signal processing includes one or more of the following processing steps: beam synthesis and quadrature demodulation.
  55. 根据权利要求50或52所述的方法,其特征在于,进行复合的位置还包括所述重合的声场能量范围内接收线的重合位置;The method according to claim 50 or 52, wherein the position for compounding further comprises the overlapping position of the receiving line within the energy range of the overlapping sound field;
    所述对多次发射的所述接收线的超声回波信号进行复合,还包括:The compounding of the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line transmitted multiple times further includes:
    根据所述重合位置的接收线的超声回波信号进行复合,得到第三复合的超声回波信号。The composite is performed according to the ultrasonic echo signal of the receiving line at the coincident position to obtain the third composite ultrasonic echo signal.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对所述复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像,包括:The method according to claim 55, wherein said processing said composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain an ultrasonic image comprises:
    对所述第一复合的超声回波信号和所述第三复合的超声回波信号进行处理,或者对所述第二复合的超声回波信号和所述第三复合的超声回波信号进行处理,或者对所述第一复合的超声回波信号、第二复合的超声回波信号和所述第三复合的超声回波信号进行处理,得到所述超声图像。Process the first composite ultrasonic echo signal and the third composite ultrasonic echo signal, or process the second composite ultrasonic echo signal and the third composite ultrasonic echo signal , Or process the first composite ultrasonic echo signal, the second composite ultrasonic echo signal, and the third composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain the ultrasonic image.
  57. 根据权利要求48所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 48, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述复合的超声回波信号进行第三插值计算,得到所述重合的声场能量范围内非复合位置的超声回波数据;以及Perform a third interpolation calculation according to the composite ultrasonic echo signal to obtain ultrasonic echo data of a non-composite position within the overlapping sound field energy range; and
    对所述复合的超声回波信号和所述非复合位置的超声回波数据进行处理,得到所述超声图像。The composite ultrasonic echo signal and the ultrasonic echo data of the non-composite position are processed to obtain the ultrasonic image.
  58. 一种超声成像方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An ultrasound imaging method, characterized in that the method includes:
    向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束,执行多次超声扫描;Transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object and perform multiple ultrasonic scans
    接收所述超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;Receiving the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal;
    确定多次超声扫描中每次超声扫描时所述超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,所述声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,所述第一子段的接收线为直线接收线,所述第二子段的接收线为曲线或者包括若干个接收段;Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasound beam during each ultrasound scan in multiple ultrasound scans, wherein the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction. The receiving line of the first subsection is a straight receiving line, and the receiving line of the second subsection is curved or includes several receiving sections;
    对每次超声扫描的所述接收线的所述超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合后的超声回波信号;以及Composite the ultrasonic echo signals of the receiving line of each ultrasonic scan to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal; and
    对所述复合后的超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The composite ultrasonic echo signal is processed to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  59. 一种超声成像方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An ultrasound imaging method, characterized in that the method includes:
    向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束,执行多次超声扫描;Transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object and perform multiple ultrasonic scans
    接收所述超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;Receiving the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal;
    确定多次超声扫描中每次超声扫描时所述超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,所述声场能量范围沿其深度方向划分为至少第一子段和第二子段,所述第一子段的接收线沿所述深度方向具有一致的线密度,所述第二子段的接收线在所述深度方向上具有变化的线密度;Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasound beam during each ultrasound scan in multiple ultrasound scans, wherein the sound field energy range is divided into at least a first sub-segment and a second sub-segment along its depth direction. The receiving line of the first sub-segment has a uniform linear density along the depth direction, and the receiving line of the second sub-segment has a varying linear density in the depth direction;
    根据每次超声扫描的所述接收线对所述超声回波信号进行波束合成处理,得到多个波束合成的超声回波信号;以及Perform beam synthesis processing on the ultrasonic echo signal according to the receiving line of each ultrasonic scan to obtain multiple beam synthesized ultrasonic echo signals; and
    对所述多个波束合成的超声回波信号进行复合,得到复合的超声回波信号,并据此得到超声图像。The ultrasonic echo signals synthesized by the multiple beams are composited to obtain a composite ultrasonic echo signal, and an ultrasonic image is obtained accordingly.
  60. 根据权利要求58或59所述的方法,其特征在于,所述每次超声扫描的超声波束的发射扫描线与发射超声波束的阵元的排列平面垂直;The method according to claim 58 or 59, wherein the emission scan line of the ultrasound beam of each ultrasound scan is perpendicular to the arrangement plane of the array elements that emit the ultrasound beam;
    所述第一子段对应声场能量范围的近场,所述近场的接收线具有一致的线密度;所述第二子段对应声场能量范围的焦区和远场,所述焦区的接收线的线密度大于所述远场的接收线的线密度。The first sub-segment corresponds to the near field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the near field has a uniform linear density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the focal area and the far field of the sound field energy range, and the reception of the focal area The line density of the line is greater than the line density of the receiving line of the far field.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的方法,其特征在于,沿着所述声场能量范 围的深度方向,从焦区到远场所述线密度由大变小。The method according to claim 60, characterized in that, along the depth direction of the energy range of the sound field, the linear density from the focal zone to the far field changes from large to small.
  62. 根据权利要求60或61所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的近场处的接收线的线密度。The method according to claim 60 or 61, wherein the linear density of the receiving line at the focal region of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range.
  63. 根据权利要求58或59所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多次超声扫描的所述超声波束包括位于发射所述超声波束的阵元的排列平面上的同一波束起点,或所述多次超声扫描的所述超声波束包括位于发射所述超声波束的阵元的排列平面上的多个波束起点,且自所述多个波束起点发出的超声波束的发射扫描线的反向延长线在排列平面后方相交于一点;The method according to claim 58 or 59, wherein the ultrasound beams of the multiple ultrasound scans include the same beam starting point located on the arrangement plane of the array elements emitting the ultrasound beam, or the multiple ultrasound beams The ultrasound beam of the ultrasound scan includes a plurality of beam start points located on the arrangement plane of the array elements emitting the ultrasound beam, and the reverse extension lines of the transmission scan lines of the ultrasound beams emitted from the plurality of beam start points are arranged Intersect at one point behind the plane;
    所述第一子段对应声场能量范围的远场,所述远场的接收线具有一致的线密度;所述第二子段对应声场能量范围的近场和焦区,所述焦区的接收线的线密度大于所述近场的接收线的线密度。The first sub-segment corresponds to the far field of the sound field energy range, and the receiving line of the far field has a uniform linear density; the second sub-segment corresponds to the near field and the focal area of the sound field energy range, and the reception of the focal area The linear density of the line is greater than the linear density of the receiving line of the near field.
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的远场处的接收线的线密度。The method according to claim 63, wherein the linear density of the receiving line at the focal region of the sound field energy range is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range.
  65. 根据权利要求63或64所述的方法,其特征在于,沿着所述声场能量范围的深度方向,从近场到焦区所述线密度由小变大。The method according to claim 63 or 64, wherein, along the depth direction of the energy range of the sound field, the linear density from the near field to the focal zone increases from small to large.
  66. 根据权利要求59至65中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二子段的接收线包括所述深度方向上离散的若干接收段。The method according to any one of claims 59 to 65, wherein the receiving line of the second sub-segment includes several receiving segments discrete in the depth direction.
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,包括:The method according to claim 66, wherein the determining the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam comprises:
    将所述第二子段的声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,每个深度段中包括多个接收段,并且,每一个深度段所在的声场能量范围的宽度与所述深度段中相邻两个接收段之间的间隔正相关。The sound field energy range of the second sub-segment is divided into a plurality of depth sections along the depth direction, each depth section includes a plurality of receiving sections, and the width of the sound field energy range in which each depth section is located is equal to the depth The interval between two adjacent receiving segments in the segment is positively correlated.
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述声场能量范围沿着深度方向划分为多个深度段,包括:The method according to claim 67, wherein the dividing the sound field energy range into a plurality of depth segments along the depth direction comprises:
    将所述深度方向上声场能量范围的宽度相差不大于预设阈值的声场能量范围划分为同一深度段。The sound field energy range in the depth direction whose width of the sound field energy range differs by no more than a preset threshold value is divided into the same depth section.
  69. 根据权利要求67或68所述的方法,其特征在于,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量相等;或者,不同深度段所包含的接收段的数量之差小于阈值。The method according to claim 67 or 68, wherein the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is equal; or the difference in the number of receiving segments included in different depth segments is less than a threshold.
  70. 根据权利要求67至69任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,一个深度段内的每两个相邻接收段之间的间隔都相等。The method according to any one of claims 67 to 69, wherein the interval between every two adjacent receiving sections in a depth section is equal.
  71. 一种超声成像方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An ultrasound imaging method, characterized in that the method includes:
    向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射一次超声波束;Transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object;
    接收所述一次超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;Receiving the ultrasonic echo of the primary ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal;
    确定所述一次超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,所述接收线所在的区域与所述声场能量范围匹配;Determining the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the primary ultrasonic beam, wherein the area where the receiving line is located matches the sound field energy range;
    根据所述接收线对所述超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The ultrasonic echo signal is processed according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  72. 一种超声成像系统,其特征在于,包括:An ultrasound imaging system, characterized in that it comprises:
    超声探头;Ultrasound probe
    发射/接收控制电路,用于激励所述超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射超声波束以执行超声扫描,并接收所述超声波束的超声回波,得到超声回波信号;A transmitting/receiving control circuit for stimulating the ultrasonic probe to transmit an ultrasonic beam to the region of interest of the target object to perform ultrasonic scanning, and receiving the ultrasonic echo of the ultrasonic beam to obtain an ultrasonic echo signal;
    存储器,用于存储所述处理器执行的程序;A memory for storing programs executed by the processor;
    处理器,用于:Processor for:
    确定一次超声扫描的所述超声波束的声场能量范围内的接收线,其中,在所述声场能量范围的焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的近场处的接收线的线密度,且所述焦区处的接收线的线密度大于在所述声场能量范围的远场处的接收线的线密度;Determine the receiving line within the sound field energy range of the ultrasonic beam of an ultrasound scan, wherein the line density of the receiving line at the focal area of the sound field energy range is greater than the receiving line at the near field of the sound field energy range The linear density of the receiving line at the focal zone is greater than the linear density of the receiving line at the far field of the sound field energy range;
    根据所述接收线对所述超声回波信号进行处理,得到超声图像。The ultrasonic echo signal is processed according to the receiving line to obtain an ultrasonic image.
  73. 一种超声成像系统,其特征在于,包括:An ultrasound imaging system, characterized in that it comprises:
    超声探头;Ultrasound probe
    发射/接收控制电路,用于激励所述超声探头向目标对象的感兴趣区域发射多次超声波束,并接收所述多次超声波束的超声回波,得到多个超声回波信号;A transmitting/receiving control circuit for stimulating the ultrasonic probe to transmit multiple ultrasonic beams to the region of interest of the target object, and receiving ultrasonic echoes of the multiple ultrasonic beams to obtain multiple ultrasonic echo signals;
    存储器,用于存储所述处理器执行的程序;A memory for storing programs executed by the processor;
    处理器,用于执行权利要求37至58中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 37 to 58.
  74. 一种计算机存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序被计算机或处理器执行时实现权利要求1至68中任一项所述方法的步骤。A computer storage medium having a computer program stored thereon, wherein the computer program implements the steps of any one of claims 1 to 68 when the computer program is executed by a computer or a processor.
PCT/CN2020/139056 2019-12-24 2020-12-24 Ultrasonic imaging method and system WO2021129746A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/128008 WO2021128010A1 (en) 2019-12-24 2019-12-24 Ultrasonic imaging method and system
CNPCT/CN2019/128008 2019-12-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021129746A1 true WO2021129746A1 (en) 2021-07-01

Family

ID=76575032

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/128008 WO2021128010A1 (en) 2019-12-24 2019-12-24 Ultrasonic imaging method and system
PCT/CN2020/139056 WO2021129746A1 (en) 2019-12-24 2020-12-24 Ultrasonic imaging method and system

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/128008 WO2021128010A1 (en) 2019-12-24 2019-12-24 Ultrasonic imaging method and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114599292B (en)
WO (2) WO2021128010A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101396288A (en) * 2007-09-26 2009-04-01 株式会社东芝 Ultrasonic diagnostic apparatus and medical image display apparatus
CN102058417A (en) * 2010-12-31 2011-05-18 飞依诺科技(苏州)有限公司 Linear density control method in ultrasonic image
CN106469461A (en) * 2015-08-20 2017-03-01 美国西门子医疗解决公司 View direction self adaptation volumetric ultrasound imaging
CN106821416A (en) * 2016-12-29 2017-06-13 飞依诺科技(苏州)有限公司 A kind of scanning line density adjusting method and device
CN109316201A (en) * 2017-07-31 2019-02-12 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 Diagnostic ultrasound equipment
US20190053790A1 (en) * 2017-08-17 2019-02-21 Contraline, Inc. Systems and methods for automated image recognition of implants and compositions with long-lasting echogenicity

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101055577B1 (en) * 2007-11-23 2011-08-23 삼성메디슨 주식회사 Ultrasound systems
US9445786B2 (en) * 2011-11-02 2016-09-20 Seno Medical Instruments, Inc. Interframe energy normalization in an optoacoustic imaging system
CN106108941A (en) * 2016-06-13 2016-11-16 杭州融超科技有限公司 A kind of ultrasonic image area quality intensifier and method
CN111728642B (en) * 2017-06-06 2021-03-19 深圳迈瑞生物医疗电子股份有限公司 Method, device and system for imaging in ultrasonic scanning

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101396288A (en) * 2007-09-26 2009-04-01 株式会社东芝 Ultrasonic diagnostic apparatus and medical image display apparatus
CN102058417A (en) * 2010-12-31 2011-05-18 飞依诺科技(苏州)有限公司 Linear density control method in ultrasonic image
CN106469461A (en) * 2015-08-20 2017-03-01 美国西门子医疗解决公司 View direction self adaptation volumetric ultrasound imaging
CN106821416A (en) * 2016-12-29 2017-06-13 飞依诺科技(苏州)有限公司 A kind of scanning line density adjusting method and device
CN109316201A (en) * 2017-07-31 2019-02-12 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 Diagnostic ultrasound equipment
US20190053790A1 (en) * 2017-08-17 2019-02-21 Contraline, Inc. Systems and methods for automated image recognition of implants and compositions with long-lasting echogenicity

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114599292A (en) 2022-06-07
CN114599292B (en) 2024-04-02
WO2021128010A1 (en) 2021-07-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5473381B2 (en) Ultrasonic device
US8968199B2 (en) Spatial compound imaging in an ultrasound system
US8187192B2 (en) Method and apparatus for scan conversion and interpolation of ultrasonic linear array steering imaging
US8834374B2 (en) Setting an optimal image parameter in an ultrasound system
JP2006051355A (en) Method and apparatus for ultrasonic spatial compound imaging using adjustable opening control
WO2019127621A1 (en) Ultrasonic imaging method, system and device
JP5795473B2 (en) Ultrasound system and method for providing a plurality of three-dimensional ultrasound images
CN104825187A (en) Ultrasonic diagnosis apparatus, image processing device and image processing method
US8152722B2 (en) Method and apparatus for quickly determining an imaging region in an ultrasonic imaging system
JP6722521B2 (en) Underwater detection system
WO2021129746A1 (en) Ultrasonic imaging method and system
US6740034B2 (en) Three-dimensional ultrasound imaging system for performing receive-focusing at voxels corresponding to display pixels
US20120123266A1 (en) Ultrasound system and method for providing preview image
CN111142072B (en) Microphone array optimization method for sound source localization
US9081084B2 (en) Ultrasound system and method for processing beam-forming based on sampling data
CN108836382A (en) Multiple frequency ultrasonic observation method, device and equipment
JP2008076095A (en) Azimuth detecting method, azimuth detection device, and program
JP2008062050A (en) Ultrasonic system and method of controlling scanning line
CN111528901A (en) Four-dimensional ultrasonic imaging method, ultrasonic imaging method and related system
JP2008220652A (en) Ultrasonic diagnostic apparatus and ultrasonic image generation program
JP5058108B2 (en) Ultrasonic detector
US10304226B2 (en) Ultrasound focal zone system and method
CN115869010A (en) System and method for beamforming sound speed selection
CN111855824B (en) Ultrasonic device and control method thereof
JP5072401B2 (en) Scanning sonar

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20905176

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20905176

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1